MAN Instrumentation

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 260

Electrical System

Instrumentation
Baseline / Highline

Copy deadline 12.2009

System Description
81.99593-7832 5th edition T 62
MAN Nutzfahrzeuge Aktiengesellschaft Systembeschreibung T 62, 5. Ausgabe
Dachauer Str. 667 Elektrische Anlage
80995 MÜNCHEN Instrumentierung
oder Baseline / Highline
Postfach 50 06 20 - Englisch -
80976 MÜNCHEN Printed in Germany
System Description T 62
5th edition

Electrical System
Instrumentation
Baseline / Highline

81.99593-7832

1
PREFACE / PRINTER'S IMPRINT

PREFACE

This repair manual is intended to provide assistance in performing repairs correctly on vehicles and units.
The technical details were correct at the time of going to press.

This publication assumes that persons who use it possess the requisite technical knowledge in handling
vehicles and units.

Pictures and the corresponding descriptions are typical one-time representations; they do not always
correspond to the unit or peripherals in question, but this does not necessarily mean they are incorrect. In
such cases, plan and carry out the repair work in accordance with the sense of the instructions.

Repair work on complex add-on components should be entrusted to our customer service or to the customer
service of the manufacturing company. Special reference is made to these units in the text.

Important instructions relating to safety and accident prevention are specially highlighted in the text as follows.
CAUTION
Type and source of danger
Refers to working and operating procedures which must be followed in order to avoid exposing
people to risk.
WARNING
Type and source of danger
Refers to working and operating procedures which must be followed in order to avoid material
damage or destruction.
Note
Explanatory description to aid understanding of the working and operating procedures involved.

Comply with general safety regulations when performing any repair work.

Best wishes from

MAN Nutzfahrzeuge AG

PRINTER'S IMPRINT

We reserve the right to make modications in the course of further development

© 2009 MAN Nutzfahrzeuge AG

Reprinting, copying or translation, even of extracts, is not allowed without the written approval of MAN
Nutzfahrzeuge AG.

All rights under the copyright law are strictly reserved by MAN Nutzfahrzeuge AG.

If any changes are made without the written approval of MAN Nutzfahrzeuge AG then MAN Nutzfahrzeuge
AG shall not be liable for any warranty or guarantee claims arising from damage and defects attributable
to the unauthorised modication. Furthermore, MAN Nutzfahrzeuge AG shall not be liable for any damage
resulting from the unapproved modication.

Redaktion: SAWET-Y, RM, 12.2009

Satz: SAWET-Y

Druck: MAN-Werksdruckerei

2 T 62 5th edition
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Content Chapter/Page

Index 5

Abbreviations 7

Introduction

Safety instructions ....................................................................................................... 13


Overview of models ..................................................................................................... 20
Explanatory notes to the wiring diagrams ........................................................................... 25

Device description

System description ...................................................................................................... 32


General information ................................................................................................. 32
Signal and bus structure, VDO Baseline instrumentation .................................................... 33
Signal and bus structure, VDO Highline instrumentation ..................................................... 34
Signal and bus structure, Stoneridge Baseline instrumentation ............................................ 35
Signal and bus structure, Stoneridge Highline instrumentation with MMI (A574) ........................ 36
Signal and bus structure, Stoneridge Highline instrumentation with multifunctional steering
wheel (A943) ......................................................................................................... 37
Signal and bus structure, Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation software version
R22 and R24 with multifunctional steering wheel (A943) .................................................... 38
VDO Baseline Instrumentation (A407) ........................................................................... 39
VDO Highline Instrumentation (A407) ........................................................................... 43
Stoneridge Baseline Low instrumentation (A407) ............................................................. 47
Stoneridge Baseline Instrumentation (A407) ................................................................... 50
Stoneridge Highline instrumentation (A407) .................................................................... 54
Stoneridge Baseline / Highline Instrumentation, software version R22 (A407) .......................... 57
Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation, software version R24 (A407) .......................... 59
Display for symbols and text, Stoneridge software version R22 and R24 ................................ 61
CAN databus, system structure ................................................................................... 65
Functional description .................................................................................................. 72
VDO Baseline Instrumentation (A407) ........................................................................... 72
Panel of check lamps, VDO Baseline Instrumentation (trucks) ............................................. 73
Panel of check lamps, VDO Baseline Instrumentation (buses) ............................................. 75
Connector pin assignment, VDO Baseline instrumentation .................................................. 77
Digital/serial inputs and outputs, VDO Baseline instrumentation ........................................... 83
VDO Highline Instrumentation (A407) ........................................................................... 84
Panel of check lamps, VDO Highline Instrumentation (trucks) .............................................. 85
Panel of check lamps, VDO Highline Instrumentation (buses) .............................................. 87
Connector pin assignment, VDO Highline instrumentation .................................................. 88
Digital/serial inputs and outputs, VDO Highline instrumentation ............................................ 94
Stoneridge Baseline Low (BL-L), Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL) instrumentation (A407) ........... 95
Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL) instrumentation, software version R22 .................................. 98
Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL) instrumentation, software version R24 ................................ 100
Panels of check lamps ............................................................................................ 101
Multi-function display, transfer case/differential locks (A447) ............................................. 107
Connector pin assignment ....................................................................................... 109
MMI control unit (A574) .......................................................................................... 114
Multifunctional steering wheel (A943) .......................................................................... 116
Description of components .......................................................................................... 118
VDO Baseline / Highline Instrumentation (A407) ............................................................ 118
Stoneridge Baseline L / Baseline / Highline instrumentation (A407) ..................................... 120
MMI control unit (A574) .......................................................................................... 126
Multifunctional steering wheel (A943) .......................................................................... 128
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................... 130
General information ............................................................................................... 130
SPN - fault code list (VDO instrument) ....................................................................... 173

T 62 5th edition 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPN - fault code list (Stoneridge instrument) ................................................................ 182


Oscillograms from the LIN databus ............................................................................ 195
Test step list ........................................................................................................ 197
Troubleshooting program ........................................................................................ 235

Additional wiring diagrams

Overviews ............................................................................................................... 237


Overview, Baseline instrumentation (TGA), sheet 1 ........................................................ 238
Overview, Baseline instrumentation (TGA), sheet 2 ........................................................ 240
Overview, Highline instrumentation (TGA), sheet 1 ......................................................... 242
Overview, Highline instrumentation (TGA), sheet 2 ......................................................... 244
Overview, Baseline instrumentation (buses - R07, R08) ................................................... 246
Overview, Highline instrumentation (buses - R02 / R03) ................................................... 248
Overview, Baseline instrumentation (TGL / TGM) ........................................................... 250
Overview, Highline instrumentation (TGL / TGM) ............................................................ 252
Overview, Baseline / Highline instrumentation (TGS / TGX), sheet 1 .................................... 254
Overview, Baseline / Highline instrumentation (TGS / TGX), sheet 2 .................................... 256

4 T 62 5th edition
INDEX

Catchword Page

C
Checking the instrumentation ...................................................................................................................... 172
Contact box ................................................................................................................................................. 171

D
Diagnosis socket HD-OBD (X200) .............................................................................................................. 137
Diagnosis socket X200 ................................................................................................................................ 136
Diagnosis with MAN-cats® II not possible.................................................................................................... 234

E
Explanatory notes to the wiring diagrams...................................................................................................... 25

F
Fault reaction list ......................................................................................................................................... 158
FMI (Failure Mode Identication) status indicators...................................................................................... 143

G
General
System ..................................................................................................................................................... 32
General information
Diagnosis................................................................................................................................................ 130

I
Installation positions for location identiers ................................................................................................... 26
Installation positions, diagnosis socket X200 .............................................................................................. 138
Instrumentation, Baseline / Highline, software version R24 (Stoneridge)
System ..................................................................................................................................................... 59
Instrumentation, Stoneridge Baseline / Highline, software version R22 (A407)
System ..................................................................................................................................................... 57
Instrumentation, Stoneridge Baseline (A407)
System ..................................................................................................................................................... 50
Instrumentation, Stoneridge Baseline L / Baseline / Highline (A407)
Components ........................................................................................................................................... 120
Instrumentation, Stoneridge Baseline Low (A407)
System ..................................................................................................................................................... 47
Instrumentation, Stoneridge Baseline Low (BL-L), Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL) (A407)
Function.................................................................................................................................................... 95
Instrumentation, Stoneridge Highline (A407)
System ..................................................................................................................................................... 54
Instrumentation, VDO Baseline / Highline
Components ........................................................................................................................................... 118
Instrumentation, VDO Baseline (A407)
Function.................................................................................................................................................... 72
System ..................................................................................................................................................... 39
Instrumentation, VDO Highline (A407)
Function.................................................................................................................................................... 84
System ..................................................................................................................................................... 43

M
Main diagnostic functions ............................................................................................................................ 141
Malfunction displays .................................................................................................................................... 141

O
On-board diagnosis ..................................................................................................................................... 148
On-board diagnosis, software version R22 and R24................................................................................... 156
Overview of models ....................................................................................................................................... 20

P
Priorities, indicator / diagnostic, software version R22 and R24 ................................................................. 145

T 62 5th edition 5
INDEX

S
Safety instructions ......................................................................................................................................... 13
General information.................................................................................................................................. 13
SPN - fault code list (VDO instrument) ........................................................................................................ 173
SPN fault code list (Stoneridge instrument)................................................................................................. 182
Structure of fault texts in diagnosis message .............................................................................................. 142
System structure CAN databus ..................................................................................................................... 65
System structure, K-lines............................................................................................................................. 130

T
Test description............................................................................................................................................ 172
Test step list................................................................................................................................................. 197
Troubleshooting program ............................................................................................................................ 235

6 T 62 5th edition
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations

A
a Acceleration
ABE General certication
ABS Anti-lock Braking System
ABV Anti-skid system
AC Air Conditioning
ACC Adaptive Cruise Control
ACK Acknowledge
ADC Analogue-Digital Converter
ADR European agreement for cross-border transport of dangerous goods by road (French title: Accord
européen relatif au transport international des marchandises Dangereuses par Route)
AGB Automatic road speed limiter
AGND Analogue Ground
AGR Exhaust gas recirculation
AHK Trailer coupling
AHV Trailer brake valve
ALB Automatic load balancing
AMA Antenna mast system
AMR Anisotropic Magneto-Resistance
ANH Trailer/semitrailer
ANS Automatic Neutral Shift
AS Automatic gearbox
ASD Trailer socket
ASM Trailer control module
ASR Anti-Spin Regulation (traction control)
ASV Trailer control valve
ATC Automatic Temperature Control
ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid
AU Statutory exhaust emission test
AV Exhaust valve
AVS Automatic gear preselection

B
BA Operator's manual
BBA Service brake system
BBV Service brake valve
BITE Built-in test equipment
BKR Brake power regulator
BUGH Front heater
BV Backup valve
BVA Brake wear indicator
BVS Brake wear sensor
BVV Brake wear sensor supply
BW German Army
BWG Brake power sensor
BZ Brake cylinder

C
CAN Controller Area Network (data bus system with serial bit transmission)
CAN-H CAN-high data line
CAN-L CAN-low data line
CATS Computer-assisted testing and diagnostic system
CBU Central Brake Unit
CDC Continuous Damping Control
CCVS Cruise Control Vehicle Speed
CKD Completely Knocked Down (completely dismantled vehicle)
CNG Compressed Natural Gas
CPU Central Processing Unit
CRT Continuously Regenerating Trap (exhaust mufer, two-way catalytic converter, diesel particulate
lter)

T 62 5th edition 7
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check


CS Comfort Shift

D
DAHL Roof ventilator
DBR Auxiliary brake relay
DCU Dosing Control Unit (AdBlue dosing)
DF Speed sensor
DFÜ Data transmission
DIA Diagnosis and information display
DIAG Diagnosis, entire vehicle
DIAG - Diagnosis, entire vehicle – Multiplex central computer (buses only)
MUX
DIAK Diagnosis, K-line (data line)
DIAL Diagnosis, L-line (interrogation line)
DIAR Diagnosis, further interrogation
DIN German industrial standard
DKE Throttle valve increase (ASR control)
DKH Roof duct heating
DKL Roof aps
DKR Throttle valve reduction (reduction request from ASR to EDC / EMS)
DKV Throttle valve specication (load sensor signal from pedal value sensor, EDC / EMS)
DLB Compressed air brake system
DM Diagnostic Message
DNR Drive Neutral Reverse (selector lever switch for automatic)
DPF Diesel Particulate Filter
DRM Pressure control module
DRS Rotational speed sensor
DS Pressure sensor
DSV Pressure control valve
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code (OBD fault code)
DTCO Digital Tachograph
DV Throttle valve
DWA Anti-theft warning system
DZG Speed sensor
DZM Rev counter

E
EBS Electronic Braking System
ECAM Electronically Controlled Air Management
ECAS Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
ECE Emergency shut-off to ECE 36
ECU Electronic Control Unit
EDC Electronic Diesel Control
EDC S Electronic Diesel Control Slave
EDM Electronic diesel consumption meter
EDR Maximum speed governor
EEC Electronic Engine Controller
EEPROM Electrically Erasable and Programmable Read-Only Memory
EFR Electronic shock absorber control (ESAC)
EFS Electric driver's seat
EHAB Electro-hydraulic shut-off device
ELAB Electrical shut-off device
ELF Electronically controlled air suspension
EMS Electronic throttle control (ETC)
EMV Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
EOL End-of-line (programming)
EP Injection pump
ER Engine Retarder (engine brake)
ESAC Electronic Shock Absorber Control
ESP Electronic Stability Program

8 T 62 5th edition
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

ESR Electric sun-blind


EST Electronic control unit
EV Intake valve
EVB Exhaust Valve Brake

F
FAP Driver's area
FAQ Frequently Asked Questions
FBA Parking brake system
FBM Pedal brake module
FDR Dynamic handling control
FDF Vehicle data le
FFR Vehicle management computer
FGB Road speed limiter (RSL)
FGR Road speed governor (RSG)
FHS Cab
FIN Vehicle identication number (17 digits)
FM Vehicle management
FMI Failure Mode Identication
FMS Fleet Management Standard (global telematics standard)
FMR Vehicle/engine management
FOC Front Omnibus Chassis (bus/coach chassis with front-mounted engine)
FSCH Windscreen heater
FSG Ground reinforcement system
FSH Window/mirror heating
FTW Driver's partition
FUNK Radio communication unit
FZA Destination system
FZNR Vehicle number (7 digits)

G
GDK Controlled diesel catalytic converter
GEN Alternator
GET Gearbox
GGVS European agreement for cross-border transport of dangerous goods by road (French abbreviation:
ADR)
GND Ground
GP Gearbox planetary gear group (range-change box)
GS Gearbox control
GV Gearbox splitter gear group (splitter box)

H
HA Rear axle
HBA Auxiliary brake system
HD-OBD Heavy Duty On-Board Diagnosis
HDS Urea dosing system
HGB Maximum road speed limiter
HGS Hydraulic gearshift
HLUE Hydrostatic fan
HOC Rear Omnibus Chassis (bus/coach chassis with rear-mounted engine)
HSS Highside switch
HST Main switch panel
HU Main inspection
HYD Hydronic auxiliary heater
HYDRIVE Hydrostatic front-wheel drive
HYDRO MAN Hydro Drive
HVA Hydrostatic front-wheel drive
Hz Hertz (number of cycles per second)
HZA Bus stop indicator system
HZG Auxiliary speed sensor

T 62 5th edition 9
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

I
IBEL Interior lighting
IBIS Integrated on-board information system
IC Integrated Circuit
ID Identication
IMR Integrated Mechanical Relay (starter control)
INA Information lamp (e.g. check lamp)
INST Instrumentation
IR Individual control (ABS)
IRM Modied individual control (ABS)
ISO International Standards Organisation
IWZ Incremental angle/time measuring system

K
KBZ Combination brake cylinder
KFH Fuel lter heater
KITAS Kienzle Intelligent Tachograph Sensor
KLI Air-conditioning system
KNEEL Kneeling
KSM Customer-specied control module (control unit for external data exchange)
KSW Customer's special request
KWP Key Word Protocol (protocol for MAN-cats diagnosis, KWP 2000)

L
LBH Air reservoir
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LDA Manifold-pressure compensator (boost control)
LDF Charge pressure sensor
LDS Air spring/damper system
LED Light Emitting Diode
LF Air suspension
LGS Lane Guard System
LL Idling speed
LLA Idling speed increase
LLR Idling speed control
LNA Steering trailing axle
LNG Liqueed Natural Gas
LOE Steering oil monitor
LPG Liqueed Petroleum Gas
LSVA Distance-based heavy vehicle toll
LWR Headlight beam regulator
LWS Steering angle sensor

M
M-TCO Modular EU tachograph
MAB Solenoid valve shut-off (engine shut-off by high-pressure solenoid valve in injection pump)
MAN- cats MAN computer-assisted testing and diagnostic system
MAR Solenoid valve shut-off relay (redundant engine shut-off relay)
MDB Engine speed range
MES Quantity positioner
ML Midline
MMI Man-machine interface
MOTB Engine brake
MP Motor power box (cable duct on engine block)
MR Engine governor - ASR
MSG Engine control unit (EDC)
MUX Multiplex central computer (bus only)
MV Solenoid valve
MZ Diaphragm cylinder

N
n Speed (rpm)

10 T 62 5th edition
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

NA Power take-off
NBF Needle movement sensor
NES New Electronic Structure
NFZ Commercial vehicles
NLA Trailing axle
NOx Nitrogen oxides
NSL Rear fog lamp
NSW Fog lamps

O
OBD On-Board Diagnosis
OBDU Onboard Diagnostic Unit (subsystem of central on-board computer)
OC Occurrence Count (frequency counter of an error)
OEAB Oil separator
OENF Oil replenisher

P
p Pressure
P Powertrain
PBM Pulse Breadth Modulation (also see PWM)
P-Code Powertrain code (power pack/powertrain fault code)
PDF Particulate Diesel Filter
PLM Programmable Logic Module
PM-Kat Particulate matter catalytic converter (particulate catalytic converter)
PSC Pneumatic Supply Controller - Replacement for ECAM
PSG Pump control unit (EDC)
PTM Powertrain Manager (replacement for vehicle management computer)
PTO Power Take-Off
PWG Pedal value sensor
PWM Pulse Width Modulation (also see PBM)

R
RA Repair manual
RAH Interior heating
RAM Random Access Memory
RAS Rear Axle Steering
RAS-EC Rear Axle Steering with Electronic Control
RDRA Tyre pressure control system
RDS Radio Data System
RET Retarder
RET P Primary retarder
RET S Secondary retarder
RKL Priority vehicle light
RKS Tyre monitoring system - replaced by TPM
RLV Relay valve
RME Rape seed oil methyl ester (biodiesel)
ROM Read Only Memory

S
SA Special equipment
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SAMT Semi-Automatic Mechanical Transmission
SB Service outlet
SBW-RA Steer By Wire Rear Axle (electronically controlled steering trailing axle)
SCR Selective Catalytic Reduction
sec Second
SER Standard/series production
SG Control unit
SH Select-High control (ABS)
SKD Semi Knocked Down
SL Select-Low control (ABS)
SML Side Marker Lights

T 62 5th edition 11
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

SPN Suspect Parameter Number


STA Engine start/stop
SWR Headlight cleaning system

T
t Time
TBM On-board telematics module
TC Traction Control
TCM Trailer Control Module
TCO Tachograph (MTCO, DTCO, TSU etc.)
TCU Transmission Control Unit
TEPS Twin Electronic Platform Systems (bus only)
TGA Trucknology Generation A
TGL Trucknology Generation Light
TGM Trucknology Generation Mid
TKU Technical customer document
TMC Trafc Message Channel
TPM Tyre Pressure Module
TRS Technical road transport directive
TSC Torque Speed Control
TSU Tachograph Simulating Unit (vehicles without MTCO/DTCO)
TUER Door control

U
UBat Battery voltage
UDF Conversion le
UDS Crash recorder

V
v Road speed
VA Front axle
VDF Vehicle Data File
VG Transfer case or according to defence equipment standards
VLA Leading axle
VSM Transfer case lock management

W
WA Maintenance manual
WAB Water separator
WaPu Water pump Intarder
WLE Swap-body unit
WR Warning relay
WS Position sensor
WSK Torque converter and clutch unit

Z
z Braking rate/deceleration
ZBR Central on-board computer
ZBRO Central on-board bus computer
ZDR Intermediate speed governor (ISG)
ZE Central electrical system
ZFR Auxiliary vehicle computer
ZR Central computer
ZS Central lubrication
ZUSH Auxiliary heater
ZWS Time-based maintenance system
λ Slip
µ Coefcient of friction
µC Microcontroller (microprocessor)

12 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

General information
Only trained personnel are allowed to perform operating, maintenance and repair work on trucks, buses and
coaches.

The following sections include summaries of important regulations, listed according to major topics, which
must be complied with. The intention is to provide the knowledge needed to avoid accidents which could
lead to injury, damage and environmental pollution. Please note that these are merely brief extracts taken
from various accident prevention regulations. Of course, all other safety regulations must be followed and
the necessary measures must be taken.

Additional references to danger are contained in the instructions at points where there is a potential danger.

Accidents may happen in spite of all precautionary measures having been taken. In such an eventuality,
obtain immediate medical assistance from a doctor. This is particularly important if the accident involves skin
contact with corrosive acid, fuel penetration under the skin, scalding by hot oil, antifreeze spraying into eyes,
crushing of limbs etc.

1. Regulations for preventing accidents leading to injury to personnel

Checking, setting and repair work


– Secure units during their removal.
– Support the frame when working on the pneumatic or spring suspension system.
– Keep units, ladders, stairs, steps and the surrounding area free from oil and grease.
– Only use tools that are in perfect condition.
– Only authorised technical personnel are entitled to perform inspection, adjustment and repair work.

Working on the brake system


– A dust extractor must be used if dust is released when working on the brake system.
– Perform visual, function and effectiveness checks on the brake system after carrying out any work on it
whatsoever. These checks must be made in accordance with the safety inspection (SP).
– Check the function of ABS/ASR systems using a suitable test system (e.g. MAN-cats).
– Collect any brake uid that leaks out.
– Brake uid is poisonous! Do not allow brake uid to come into contact with food or open wounds.
– Treat hydraulic uid/brake uid as hazardous waste!
Comply with the safety regulations for preventing environmental pollution.

Working on vehicles with compressed natural gas (CNG) system


– Vehicles with a defective compressed natural gas system may not be brought into the workshop. This also
applies to vehicles whose engine cannot be switched off by automatic emptying of the removal lines.
– When working on vehicles with a compressed natural gas system, set up a gas warning device above the
vehicle roof and in the engine compartment above the pressure controller. Further gas warning devices
must be carried by the persons working on the vehicle.
– Smoking is not allowed in areas where work on vehicles with compressed natural gas systems is carried
out. All sources of ignition must be removed from these areas.
– Before carrying out welding work, the compressed gas tanks must be removed and the gas-carrying lines
must be ushed with inert gas.
– Compressed gas tanks are only allowed to be exposed to temperatures up to 60° C in paint-drying booths.
If the temperatures are any higher, the compressed gas tanks must be removed or degassed using an inert
gas such as nitrogen. The gas-carrying lines must also be ushed with inert gas.

Working on the compressed natural gas (CNG) system


– Work on the compressed natural gas system may only be carried out by persons who have been specically
trained to do so.
– The working area for the compressed natural gas system must be equipped with an adequate ventilation
system. The ventilation system must replace the air in the room with new air at least three times per hour.
– After exchanging standard-t components of the compressed natural gas system using the prescribed
procedures, check the assembly points for leaks. Perform these checks using leak indicator spray or a gas
warning device.

T 62 5th edition 13
INTRODUCTION

Engine operation
– Only authorised personnel are permitted to start and operate an engine.
– Do not approach moving parts of a running engine too closely and do not wear baggy clothing. Use an
extractor system if working in enclosed spaces.
– Danger of burns when working on engines at operating temperature.
– Danger of scalding when opening the hot cooling circuit.

Suspended loads
– People are not allowed to stand below suspended loads.
– Only use suitable lifting and gear that is in perfect working order. Use lifting devices with sufcient
load-carrying capacity.

Attachments and special bodies


– Comply with the safety instructions and regulations issued by the body manufacturer in question if
attachments or special bodies are tted.

Working on high-pressure lines


– Do not attempt to tighten or loosen pipe lines and hoses when they are under pressure (e.g. lubrication
circuit, coolant circuit and hydraulic oil circuit).
Risk of injury due to pressurised uids emerging!

Checking injector nozzles


– Wear suitable protective equipment.
– Do not hold any part of your body under the jet of fuel when checking the injector nozzles.
– Do not inhale fuel vapours. Ensure that there is adequate ventilation.

Working on the vehicle electrical system


– Do not disconnect batteries whilst the engine is running!
– Always disconnect batteries when working on the vehicle electronic system, central electrical system,
alternator and starter! When disconnecting batteries, remove the negative terminals rst. When connecting
batteries, t the positive terminals rst.
– Always use suitable test lines and test adapters when measuring at plug connections!
– If temperatures of over 80°C are to be expected (e.g. in a drying oven after painting), switch the battery
master switch to "OFF" and then remove the control units.
– The chassis is not intended for use as an earth return! If attachments are to be tted to the vehicle (e.g.
a wheelchair lift), additional earth (ground) lines with an adequate cross-section must be tted as well.
Otherwise the earth connection may be created along wire cables, wiring harnesses, gearbox shafts, gears
etc. Severe damage could result.

Important! Battery gases are explosive!


– Oxyhydrogen gas may form in enclosed battery boxes. Take particular care after long journeys and after
charging the batteries with a battery charger.
– When the batteries are disconnected this gas may be ignited by sparks produced by other continuously
operating consumers, the tachograph etc. that cannot be shut down. Blow compressed air through the
battery box before disconnecting the batteries!
– Always leave the batteries connected when towing the vehicle! Only tow the vehicle if the check lamps are
still dimly lit but the battery starting power is not reached.
Do not use a boost-charger to jump-start the vehicle!
– Always disconnect the positive and negative leads before charging and rapid-charging batteries!
– Do not rapid-charge lead-gel and maintenance-free batteries! (not in the case of "maintenance-free acc. to
DIN") The maximum charging capacity is 10% of the indicated capacity per battery. In parallel circuits, the
capacity is increased, in accordance with the total number of batteries connected in parallel.
– Risk of short-circuits due to incorrect battery polarity!
– Do not put metal objects (spanners, mole grips, etc.) on the batteries, since they may connect the terminals
together. Risk of short-circuit!
– Disconnect the batteries and recharge them every 4 weeks if the vehicle is not in use for prolonged periods.

Caution! Battery acid is poisonous and corrosive!


– Wear appropriate protective clothing (gloves) when handling batteries.
Do not tilt batteries, acid may leak out. Similarly, do not tilt gel batteries.
– Measure voltage only using suitable measurement devices! The input resistance of a measuring device
should be at least 10 MΩ.

14 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

– Only disconnect and connect plug connections for electronic control unit when the ignition is switched off!

Electric welding
– Connect the “ANTIZAP SERVICE SENTRY” protection device (MAN item number 80.78010.0002) as
described in the instructions accompanying the device.
– If this device is not available, disconnect the batteries and connect the positive cable to the negative cable
in order to make a rm conductive connection.
– If the battery master switch is manually operated, move it to the driving position. If an electronic battery
master switch is tted, bridge “Negative” at the load-disconnecting relay contacts (jumper cable > 1mm2)
and “Positive” at the load-disconnecting relay load contacts. In addition, switch on many loads such as:
starter switch (ignition) in driving position, hazard warning lights switch “on”, lighting switch in “driving lights
on”position, ventilation blower in “maximum” position. The greater number of consumers that are switched
on, the greater the protection.
After completing welding work, rst switch off all the consumers and remove all jumpers (re-create original
state), then connect the batteries.
– Always earth the welding equipment as close as possible to the welding area. Do not lay the cables to the
welding equipment in parallel to electrical cables in the vehicle.

Working on plastic tubes – Danger of damage and re!


– Mechanical or thermal loading of plastic tubes is not permitted.

Painting
– If paint spraying is to be carried out, do not expose the electronic components to high temperatures (max.
95 °C) for more than brief periods; a time of up to 2 hours is permissible at a maximum of 85 °C. Disconnect
the batteries.
Painting of screw connections in the high-pressure section of the injection system is not permitted. Risk of
dirt ingress in the event of repairs.

Working with the cab tilted forwards


– Keep the tilting area in front of the cab clear.
– Keep out of the area between the cab and the chassis during the tilting process. This is a danger area!
– Always tilt the cab past the tilting point and secure the cab using a support rod.

Working on the air-conditioning system


– Refrigerants and refrigerant vapours represent a health hazard. Avoid direct contact and protect your hands
and eyes at all times.
– Do not drain gaseous refrigerants in enclosed areas.
– Do not mix CFC-free refrigerant R 134a with R 12 (CFC) refrigerant.
– Dispose of refrigerant in accordance with regulations.

Working on airbag or belt tensioner units


– Work on airbag or belt tensioner units may only be carried out by staff who have veriably completed a
competence course at the MAN Service Academy.
– Mechanical loads, vibrations, heating to over 140° C and electrical pulses, including electrostatic discharge,
can cause unintentional ring of the airbag or belt tensioner units.
– Hot gases are released explosively when the airbag or belt tensioner unit is red. The non-mounted airbag
or belt tensioner unit can be tossed around uncontrollably. This poses an injury risk to people in or near the
cab.
– Risk of burns when touching the hot surfaces after the airbag has red.
– Do not open a red airbag.
– Do not touch a red, destroyed airbag with your bare hands. Wear nitrile rubber gloves.
– Before all work and testing on airbag or belt tensioner units or work on the vehicle that can cause vibrations,
switch off the ignition, remove the ignition key, disconnect the ground line from the battery and disconnect
the power supply plug connection for the airbag and belt tensioner.
– Mount the driver airbag restraint system, MAN part number 81.66900-6035, on the airbag steering wheel
in accordance with the operating instructions.
– Only use specially designated devices for testing airbag and belt tensioner units. Do not use test lamps,
voltmeters or ohmmeters.
– After all work and tests, rst switch off the ignition, then connect the plug connection(s) for airbag and belt
tensioner. Then connect the battery. There must be no-one in the cab whilst this work is going on.
– Always deposit the airbags individually and with the impact cushion upwards.
– Do not treat airbags or belt tensioners with grease or cleaners.

T 62 5th edition 15
INTRODUCTION

– Always store and transport airbag and belt tensioner units in their original packaging. Transport in the
passenger compartment is not permitted.
– Always store airbag and belt tensioner units in lockable storage areas, up to a maximum of 200 kg.

Working on the independent heater


– Before commencing work, switch off the heater and allow all hot components to cool down.
– Ensure that suitable collecting containers are available and no sources of ignition are present when working
on the fuel system.
– Keep suitable re extinguishing equipment nearby and within easy reach!!
– The heater may not be operated in enclosed areas such as garages or workshops unless an extractor
system is used.

2. Notes on preventing damage and premature wear on units

General information
– Units are only designed for their specied purpose - dened by the manufacturer (designated use): Any
other use is classied as not in accordance with the designated use. The manufacturer is not liable for
damage caused as a result of such other use. In the event of such other use, the user alone bears the risk.
– Designated use also includes compliance with the operating, maintenance and repair conditions specied
by the manufacturer.
– The unit may only be used, maintained and repaired by persons who are familiar with it and are fully aware
of the risks.
– Arbitrary changes to the engine mean that the manufacturer is no longer responsible for any damage
incurred as a result of such changes.
– Similarly, tampering with the injection and control system can affect the unit's performance and exhaust-gas
characteristics. This means that compliance with the statutory environmental requirements is no longer
assured.
– If malfunctions occur, determine the cause and remedy the problem immediately.
– Clean units thoroughly before repairs, ensuring that all openings where dirt is not allowed to enter for safety
or functioning reasons are closed.
– Never run a unit dry, in other words always make sure that it has been lled with oil before running it.
– Never run engines without coolant.
– Apply a suitable information sign to units that are not ready to be operated.
– Only use service products as per the MAN Recommended Service Products booklet, otherwise the
manufacturer warranty will be invalidated.
Details of approved products can be found online at: http://www.man-mn.com/ > Products & Solutions >
E-Business.
– Comply with the specied maintenance intervals.
– Do not ll engine/gear oil above the maximum level mark. Do not exceed the maximum permitted operational
tilt.
– The special measures described in MAN Works Standard M 3069 Part 3 apply if buses or trucks are to be
withdrawn from service or stored for a period longer than 3 months.

3. Limited liability for parts and accessories

General information
Only use accessories and genuine MAN parts that have been expressly approved by MAN Nutzfahrzeuge
AG for your MAN vehicle. MAN Nutzfahrzeuge AG accepts no liability for any other products.

4. Regulations for avoiding injury and environmental contamination

Health protection precautions


Avoid prolonged, excessive or repeated skin contact with service products, excipients, thinners or solvents.
Protect your skin using a suitable skin protection agent or protective gloves. Do not use service products,
excipients, thinners or solvents to clean the skin. Apply a greasy skin cream after cleaning your skin.

Service products and excipients


Do not use food or drink containers for draining and storing service products or excipients. Comply with
local-authority regulations when disposing of service products and excipients.

Coolant
Treat undiluted antifreeze as hazardous waste. Follow the instructions issued by the relevant local authority
when disposing of used coolant (mixture of antifreeze and water).

16 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

Cleaning the cooling circuit


Do not pour cleaning uids and rinsing water down the drain if this practice is restricted by specic local
regulations. However, the cleaning uid and rinsing water must in all cases have been passed through an oil
trap with a sludge trap.

Cleaning the lter insert


When blowing compressed air through the lter element, make sure the lter dust is collected by a vacuum
or is blown into a dust collection bag. Otherwise, use a respiratory protection mask. Wear suitable rubber
gloves or use a skin barrier cream when washing out the element, because cleaning agents have aggressive
grease-dissolving characteristics.

Engine/gear oil, lter cartridges, inserts and box-type lters, desiccant cartridges
Filter inserts, cartridges and box-type lters (oil and fuel lters, desiccant cartridges for the air dryer) are
classied as hazardous waste. Comply with local-authority regulations when disposing of the above parts.

Used engine/gear oil


Lengthy or repeated skin contact with any type of engine/gear oil removes grease from the skin. This can
cause dry skin, irritation or skin inammation. In addition to these hazards, used engine oil contains dangerous
materials which can trigger dangerous skin diseases. Wear gloves, especially when changing the oil.

Handling AdBlue®
AdBlue® is a synthetically produced 32.5 % urea/water solution which is used as an NOx reduction additive
for diesel engines with SCR catalytic converter. AdBlue® is not a hazardous substance but does decompose
into ammonium hydroxide and carbon dioxide when stored for prolonged periods. For this reason, AdBlue®
is classied as a water hazard (water hazard class 1) in Germany and is not allowed to enter sewage or the
ground. Ensure good ventilation in the workplace when working on the AdBlue® system. Do not eat, drink
or smoke in the workplace. Avoid skin and eye contact with AdBlue®, thoroughly wash your hands and use
a skin protection cream before taking breaks and before nishing work. If your skin comes into contact with
AdBlue®, wash the skin using water and a skin cleaner, change out of dirty clothes immediately. If the skin
is irritated, consult a doctor. If AdBlue® gets into your eyes, rinse your eyes with water or an eye-rinsing
products for at least 10 minutes, keeping your eyelids open. Remove any contact lenses beforehand. If
symptoms persist, consult a doctor. If AdBlue® is swallowed, consult a doctor immediately. Store AdBlue®
containers closed in liquid-tight storage areas. The storage temperature must not exceed 25°C. Soak up
leaked or spilt AdBlue® using binding agent and dispose of in the correct manner.

5. Information for working on the common-rail system

General information
– A jet of fuel can cut through the skin. Risk of re due to fuel atomisation.
– Never undo the screwed connections on the fuel high-pressure side of the common-rail system whilst the
engine is running (high-pressure line from the high-pressure pump to/on the rail and on the cylinder head
to the injector). Whilst the engine is running, the lines are constantly carrying fuel under a pressure of 1800
bar or more. Before the screw connections are opened, wait at least one minute until depressurisation has
occurred, using MAN-cats to check the depressurisation on the rail as necessary.
– Avoid standing near the running engine.
– Do not touch the live parts at the injector electrical connection whilst the engine is running.
– Any changes to the original wiring can lead to the limit values specied in pacemaker regulations being
exceeded. Examples of such changes include non-twisted injector wiring or the addition of the test box
(contact box).
– There is no danger to operators and persons wearing a pacemaker if units with MAN common-rail engines
are used for their intended, i.e. approved, purpose.
– A jet of fuel can cut through the skin. Risk of re due to fuel atomisation.
– Never undo the screwed connections on the fuel high-pressure side of the common rail system whilst the
engine is running (injection line from the high-pressure pump to/on the rail and on the cylinder head to the
injector).
– Avoid standing near the running engine.
– Whilst the engine is running, the lines are constantly carrying fuel under a pressure of 1800 bar or more.
– Wait at least one minute to allow the pressure to dissipate before opening the screw connections.
– If necessary, use MAN-cats to check that the pressure in the rail has dissipated.
– Do not touch the live parts at the injector electrical connection whilst the engine is running.

T 62 5th edition 17
INTRODUCTION

Information for people with pacemakers


– Any changes made to the original engine cabling can result in the limit values specied in pacemaker safety
regulations being exceeded, e.g. non-twisted injector cables or installing the test box (contact box).
– There is no risk for the driver and all passengers with pacemakers in authorised use.
– Equipment with MAN common rail engines does not pose a risk to operators with pacemakers in authorised
use.
– All currently known limit values for heart pacemakers are complied with by the product in its original
condition.

Risk of damage due to dirt contamination


– The diesel injection system consists of high-precision components that are exposed to extreme loads. Due
to the highly precise nature of this technology, all work on the fuel system requires the highest possible
degree of cleanliness.
– Even dirt particles over 0.2 mm can cause component failure.

Before commencing work on the clean side


– Clean the engine and engine compartment with the fuel system closed. Do not use a powerful jet when
cleaning electrical components.
– Drive the vehicle to a clean area in the workshop where there will be no work going on that could throw up
dust (grinding, welding work, brake repairs, brake and dynamometer tests, etc.).
– Avoid air movements (possibility of throwing up dust by starting engines, the workshop ventilation/heating,
draughts, etc.).
– The area around the still closed fuel system must be cleaned and dried using compressed air.
– Remove loose dirt particles such as aking paint and insulating material with a suitable industrial vacuum
cleaner.
– Areas of the engine compartment from which dirt particles could become detached, e.g. tilted cab, engine
compartment in bus motors, must be covered with a new, clean covering foil.
– Wash your hands before starting to strip down the system and wear a clean set of overalls.

After opening the clean side


– The use of compressed air for cleaning is not permitted.
– Loose dirt arising during the assembly work must be removed using a suitable industrial vacuum cleaner.
– Only use lint-free cleaning cloths on the fuel system.
– Clean tools and equipment before starting work.
– Do not use damaged tools (cracked chrome platings).
– Do not use any materials such as cloths, cardboard or wood when removing and installing components,
because these can give off particles and bres.
– If any paint akes off when connections are loosened (e.g. if they have been painted over), these paint
akes must be removed carefully before completing the unfastening of the screw connection.
– All removed components on the clean side of the fuel system must be plugged immediately at their
connection openings using suitable caps.
– This sealing material must be packed to protect it from dust before it is used, and must be disposed of after
one use.
– Following this, the components must be carefully stored in a clean, sealed container.
– Never use used cleaning or test uids for these components.
– Do not remove new parts from their packing until immediately before they are to be used.
– Work on removed components is only allowed to be performed in a suitably equipped workplace.
– Always use the original packaging of the new part if you need to send back removed parts.
When carrying out work on bus engines, the instructions below must also be followed without fail:

Risk of damage due to dirt contamination


– Before opening the clean-side fuel system:
Clean the parts of the engine around the delivery pipe tubes, injection lines, rail and valve cover with
compressed air.
– Remove the valve cover and then clean the part of the engine around the delivery pipe tubes, injection lines
and rail again.
– Only loosen the rail connections at rst:
Release the union nuts of the rail connections and unscrew by 4 turns.
Lift the rail connections with a special tool.
Reason: The rail connections are only allowed to be completely removed if the injectors have already been
removed, so that no dirt can fall into the injectors from above.
– Remove the injectors.

18 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

– After removal, rinse out the injectors (with the high-pressure connection hole pointing downwards) using a
cleaning uid.
– Remove the rail connection by unscrewing the rail connection union nut.
– Clean the injector hole in the cylinder head.

6. Limp-home program for units with electronic control units

General information
The units have an electronic control system that monitors the unit as well as itself (self-diagnosis).

As soon as a malfunction occurs, the malfunction is evaluated and one of the following measures is
implemented automatically:

– Output of a fault message with fault code.


– Switchover to suitable default function for further operation, albeit with restrictions. Have malfunctions
remedied by MAN after-sales immediately.
– If MAN-cats is used, the fault code is output directly.

7. Installation instructions

Installation of piping
– Mechanical deformation of piping is not permitted when performing installation work - risk of fracture!

Installation of gaskets
– Only use genuine MAN gaskets
– Make sure the surfaces to be sealed are undamaged and clean.
– Do not use adhesives or sealing compounds. If necessary, to facilitate installation, use a little grease to
stick the seal to the part to be mounted.
– Tighten the bolts evenly to the specied tightening torque.

Installation of O-rings
– Only use genuine MAN O-rings
– Make sure the surfaces to be sealed are undamaged and clean.

Engine overhaul
– A range of very different factors affect the engine service life. It is therefore not possible to indicate the
exact number of operating hours or miles before a major overhaul is due.
– In our judgement, it is not advisable to open an engine or perform a major overhaul if the engine has good
compression values and the following operating values have not changed signicantly since they were
measured and taken during the initial start-up:
– Charge pressure
– Exhaust gas temperature
– Coolant and lubricating oil temperature
– Oil pressure and oil consumption
– Smoke characteristics

The following criteria have a major inuence on the engine service life:
– Correct power setting for the application type
– Correct installation
– Approval of the installation by authorised personnel
– Regular maintenance as per the maintenance schedule

T 62 5th edition 19
INTRODUCTION

OVERVIEW OF MODELS

The System Description T 62 (5th) Instrumentation - 23.11.09 edition - applies to the following vehicles.

Trucknology Generation A (H01-H99, HB1-HB5, HH1-HH4, HM1-HM4, HV1-HV6, HW1-HW9)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


H01 TGA 18.D28 4X2 BLS-TS H48 TGA 32.D28 8X4 BB
H02 TGA 18.D28 4X2 BB H49 TGA 32.D20 8X4 BB
H03 TGA 18.D20 4X2 BB H50 TGA 35.D20/D26 8X6H BB
H04 18T 4X2 L D08 LR H51 TGA 18.D28 4X4 BB
H05 TGA 18.D28 4X2 BL H52 TGA 18.D20 4X4 BB
H06 TGA 18.D20 4X2 BL H54 TGA 33.D28 6X6 BB-WW
H07 ECT 18.ISM 4X2 BL H55 TGA 26/33.D28 6X6 BB
H08 TGA 18.D20 4X2 BLS-TS H56 TGA 26/33.D20 6X6 BB
H09 TGA 18.D28 4X2 LL H57 TGA 40.D28 6X6 BB-WW
H10 TGA 18.D20 4X2 LL H58 TGA 40.D20/D26 6X6 BB-WW
H11 TGA 40.D20/D26 6X4 WW-CKD H59 TGA 35.D20 / D26 8X6H BL
H12 TGA 18.D28 4X2 LLS-U H60 TGA 19.D28 4X2 BBS-WW-CKD
H13 TGA 18.D20 4X2 LLS-U H61 TGA 18.D28 4X2 BLS-WW-CKD
H14 TGA 18.D28 4X2 LL-U H62 TGA 33.D28 6X4 BB-WW-CKD
H15 TGA 18.D20 4X2 LL-U H63 TGA 26.D28 6X4 BL-WW-CKD
H16 TGA 26.D08 6X2-4 BL H64 TGA 19.D20/D26 4X2 BBS-WW-CKD
H17 TGA 26.D28 6X2-2, 6X2-4 BL H65 TGA 18.D20 4X2 BLS-WW-CKD
H18 TGA 26.D20 6X2-2, 6X2-4 BL H66 TGA 33.D20/D26 6X4 BB-WW-CKD
H19 TGA 26.D08 6X2-4 LL H67 TGA 26.D20 / D26 6X4 BL-WW-CKD
H20 TGA 26.D28 6X2-2, 6X2-4 LL H68 TGA 40.D28 6X4 BB-WW-CKD
H21 TGA 26.D20 6X2-2, 6X2-4 LL H69 TGA 39.D20 8X2-4 BL
H22 TGA 18.D20/D26 4X4H BL H70 TGA 18.D28 4X4 BL
H23 TGA 26.D28 6X2/2, 6X2/4 BL H71 TGA 28.D28 6X2-4 BL/LL
H24 TGA 26.D20 6X2/2, 6X2/4 BL H72 TGA 26/33.D28 6X6 BL
H25 TGA 26/33.D28 6X4 BB H73 TGA 35/41.D28 8X6 BB
H26 TGA 26/33.D20 6X4 BB H74 TGA 28.D20 6X2-4 BL
H27 ECT 26.ISM 6X2-2 BL H75 TGA 28.D20 6X2-4 LL
H28 TGA 33.D28 6X4 BB-WW H76 TGA 35/41.D28 8X8 BB
H29 TGA 26/33.D28 6X4 BL H78 TGA 18.V8 4X2 BLS
H30 TGA 26/33.D20 6X4 BL H79 TGA 33.V8 6X4 BL
H31 ECT 26.ISM 6X2-2 LL H80 TGA 18.D20 4X4 BL
H32 ECT 26.ISM 6X2/2 BL H81 TGA 28.D28 6X4-4 BL
H33 TGA 40.D28 6X4 BB-WW H82 TGA 26/33.D20 6X6 BL
H34 TGA 40.D20/D26 6X4 BB-WW H84 TGA 28.D20 6X4-4 BL
H35 TGA 26.D20/D26 6X4H-2, 6X4H-4 BL H85 TGA 28.D20 6X2-2 LL
H36 TGA 35.D28 8X4 BB H86 TGA 28.D28 6X2-2 BL
H37 TGA 35.D20 8X4 BB H87 TGA 28.D28 6X2-2 LL

20 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

Model Model designation Model Model designation


H38 TGA 41.D28 8X4 BB H88 TGA 35.D28 8X2-4, 8X2-6 BL
H39 TGA 41.D20 8X4 BB H89 TGA 28.D20 6X2-2 BL
H40 TGA 32/35.D28 8X4 BL H90 TGA 35.D20 8X2-4, 8X2-6 BL
H41 TGA 32/35.D20 8X4 BL H91 TGA 35.D28 8X4-4 BLL
H42 TGA 26.D20 6X4H/2, 6X4H/4 BL H92 TGA 35.D20 8X4-4 BLL
H43 TGA 19.D28 4X2 BBS-WW H93 TGA 35/41.D20 8X6 BB
H44 TGA 24.D28 6X2-2 LL-U H94 TGA 41.D28 8X4/4 BB/BL
H45 TGA 24.D20 6X2-2 LL-U H95 TGA 41.V10 8X4/4 BB/BL
H46 TGA 41.D28 8X4 BB-WW H96 TGA 35/41.D20 8X8 BB
H47 TGA 26/33.D20/D26 6X6H BB H99 TGA 28.D20 6X2-4 LL-LOW ENTRY

Model Model designation Model Model designation


TGA 18.D08 4X2 BB FOCR-CKD (man.
HB1 HB4 TGA 26.D20 6X2-2 LL FOCNR-CKD
gearbox)
TGA 18.D08 4X2 BB FOCR-CKD (auto.
HB2 HB5 TGA 26.D20 6X2-2 BL FOCNR-CKD
gearbox)
HB3 TGA 18.D20 4X2 LL FOCR-CKD

Model Model designation Model Model designation


HH1 TGA 26.D20/D26 6X6H BL HH4 TGA 35.D20/D26 8X4H-6 BL

Model Model designation Model Model designation


HM1 TGA 18.D20/D26 4X4 BB-MIL HM3 TGA 40.D20/D26 6X6 BB-MIL
HM2 TGA 26/33.D20/D26 6X6 BB-MIL HM4 TGA 35/41.D20/D26 8X8 BB-MIL

Model Model designation Model Model designation


HV1 TGA 26.D20/D26 6X2-2, 6X2-4 BL-WW HV5 TGA 18.D20 4X4 BB-WW
HV2 TGA 26/33.D20/D26 6X4 BL-WW HV6 TGA 35/41.D20 8X8 BB-WW
HV3 TGA 39.D20 8X2-4 BL-WW HV7 TGA 28.D20/D26 6X2-2 BL-WW-CKD
HV4 TGA 28.D20/D26 6X2-2 BL-WW HV8 TGA 32.D20 8X4 BB-WW

Model Model designation Model Model designation


HW1 TGA 19.D20/D26 4X2 BBS-WW HW6 TGA 41.D20/D26 8X4 BB-WW-CKD
HW2 TGA 33.D20/D26 6X4 BB-WW HW7 TGA 19.D20/D26 4X2 BLS-WW
HW3 TGA 41.D20/D26 8X4 BB-WW HW8 TGA 33.D20/D26 6X4 BBS-WW
HW4 TGA 33.D20/D26 6X6 BB-WW HW9 TGA 33.D20/D26 6X4 BBS-WW-CKD
HW5 TGA 19.D20/D26 4X2 BLS-WW-CKD

Trucknology Generation L (N01-N99)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


N01 TGL 7.5.D08 4X2 BB (R4) N12 TGL 8.D08 4X2 BL (R6)
N02 TGL 8.D08 4X2 BB (R6) N13 TGL 8.D08 4X2 BL (R4)
N03 TGL 8.D08 4X2 BB (R4) N14 TGL 12.D08 4X2 BL (R6)
N04 TGL 12.D08 4X2 BB (R6) N15 TGL 12.D08 4X2 BL (R4)

T 62 5th edition 21
INTRODUCTION

Model Model designation Model Model designation


N05 TGL 12.D08 4X2 BB (R4) N49 TGL 12.D08 4X2 BL-FOC (R6)
N11 TGL 7.5.D08 4X2 BL (R4) N61 TGL 12.D08 4X2 BB-TIB (R4)

Trucknology Generation M (N01-N99)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


N08 TGM 18.D08 4X2 BB (R6) N37 TGM 13.D08 4X4 BB (R6)
N16 TGM 15.D08 4X2 BL (R6) N38 TGM 18.D08 4X4 BB (R6)
N18 TGM 18.D08 4X2 BL (R6) N48 TGM 26.D08 6X4 BB (R6)
N26 TGM 15.D08 4X2 LL (R6) N62 TGM 18.D08 4X2 BB-TIB (R6)
N28 TGM 18.D08 4X2 LL (R6) N63 TGM 15.D08 4X2 BL-TIB (R6)
N34 TGM 13.D08 4X4 BL-FW (R6) N64 TGM 18.D08 4X4 BB-TIB
N35 TGM 13.D08 4X4 BL-OEBH (R6) N65 TGM 18.D08 4X2 BL-TIB (R6)
N36 TGM 13.D08 4X4 BL (R6)

Trucknology Generation S (01S-99S, 01W-99W)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


03S TGS 18.D20/D26 4X2 BB 49S TGS 32.D20/D26 8X4 BB
06S TGS 18.D20/D26 4X2 BL 50S TGS 35.D20/D26 8X6H BB
08S TGS 18.D20/D26 4x2 BL-TS 52S TGS 18.D20/D26 4X4 BB
10S TGS 18.D20/D26 4X2 LL 56S TGS 26/33.D20/D26 6X6 BB
13S TGS 18.D20/D26 4X2 LLS-U 58S TGS 40.D20/D26 6X6 BB
15S TGS 18.D20/D26 4X2 LL-U 59S TGS 35.D20/D26 8X6H BL
18S TGS 26.D20/D26 6X2-2, 6X2-4 BL 69S TGS 39.D20/D26 8X2-4 BL
21S TGS 26.D20/D26 6X2-2, 6X2-4 LL 70S TGS 26/33.D20/D26 6X6H BL
22S TGS 18.D20/D26 4X4H BL 71S TGS 28.D20 6X4H-4 BL
24S TGS 26.D20/D26 6X2/2, 6X2/4 BL 73S TGS 35.D20/D26 8X4H-4, 8X4H-6 BL
26S TGS 26/33.D20/D26 6X4 BB 74S TGS 28.D20 6X2-4 BL
30S TGS 26/33.D20/D26 6X4 BL 80S TGS 18.D20/D26 4X4 BL
35S TGS 26.D20/D26 6X4H-2, 6X4H-4 BL 82S TGS 26/33.D20/D26 6X6 BL
37S TGS 35.D20/D26 8X4 BB 84S TGS 28.D20/D26 6X4-4 BL
39S TGS 41.D20/D26 8X4 BB 89S TGS 28.D20/D26 6X2-2 BL
41S TGS 32/35.D20/D26 8X4 BL 90S TGS 35.D20/D26 8X2-4, 8X2-6 BL
42S TGS 26.D20/D26 6X4H/2, 6X4H/4 BL 92S TGS 35.D20/D26 8X4-4 BL
45S TGS 24.D20/D26 6X2-2 LL-U 93S TGS 35/41.D20/D26 8X6 BB
47S TGS 26/33.D20/D26 6X6H BB 96S TGS 35/41.D20/D26 8X8 BB
49S TGS 32.D20/D26 8X4 BB 99S TGS 28.D20 6X2-4 LL-LE

Model Model designation Model Model designation


03W TGS 19 4X2 BBS-WW 71W TGS 19 4X2 BBS-WW-CKD
26W TGS 33 6X4 BB-WW 73W TGS 28 6X2-2 BL-WW-CKD
34W TGS 40 6X4 BB-WW 76W TGS 33 6X4 BB-WW-CKD
39W TGS 41 8X4 BB-WW 77W TGS 40 6X4 BB-WW-CKD

22 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

Model Model designation Model Model designation


56W TGS 33 6X6 BB-WW 78W TGS 26 6X4 BL-WW-CKD
58W TGS 40 6X6 BB-WW 79W TGS 41 8X4 BB-WW-CKD

Trucknology Generation X (01X-99X)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


05X TGX 18.D20/D26 4X2 BLS 42X TGX 26.D20/D26 6X4H/2, 6X4H/4 BL
06X TGX 18.D20/D26 4X2 BL 45X TGX 24.D20/D26 6X2-2 LL-U
10X TGX 18.D20/D26 4X2 LL 47X TGX 26/33.D20/D26 6X6H BB
13X TGX 18.D20/D26 4X2 LLS-U 70X TGX 26/33.D20/D26 6X6H BL
15X TGX 18.D20/D26 4X2 LL-U 78X TGX 18.V8 4X2 BLS
18X TGX 26.D20/D26 6X2-2, 6X2-4 BL 79X TGX 33.V8 6X4 BL
21X TGX 26.D20/D26 6X2-2, 6X2-4 LL 86X TGX 41.D26 8X4/4 BBS
22X TGX 18.D20/D26 4X4H BL 87X TGX 41.D26 8X4/4 BLS
24X TGX 26.D20/D26 6X2/2, 6X2/4 BL 88X TGX 28 6X2-2 BL-CKDL
26X TGX 26/33.D20/D26 6X4 BB 89X TGX 28.D20/D26 6X2-2 BL
27X TGX 28 6X4 BB 92X TGX 35.D20/D26 8X4-4 BL
28X TGX 28 6X4 BB-CKD 94X TGX 41.V8 8X4/4 BBS
30X TGX 26/33.D20/D26 6X4 BL 95X TGX 41.V8 8X4/4 BLS
35X TGX 26.D20/D26 6X4H/2, 6X4H/4 BL

Rough-terrain trucks (X01-X99)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


40T 8X8 VFAEG/VFAREG-FW
X36 X66 19T 4X4 FALX (HX)
(BR.2900) (SX)
30T 6X6 DFAEG/DFAREG-FW
X37 X76 32T 8X8 VFAEX/VFAREX-HET (V10) (HX)
(BR.2900) (SX)
X44 25T 6X6 DFAEG (SX) X77 32T 8X8 VFAEX/VFAREX (HX)
X45 32T 8X8 VFAEG (SX) X81 44.V8 8X8 BBS (HX)
X58 26T 6X6 DFAEX/DFAREX (HX) X92 18T 4X4 FAEX/FAREX-CKD (HX)
X60 16T 4X4 FAEX/FAREX (HX) X98 25T 6X6 DFAEX/DFAREX-CKD (HX)
X61 20T 6X6 DFAEX (HX)

Buses and coaches (A01-A99)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


A20 LION'S CITY UE A51 18310/350/400/410/460 HOCL/R
A21 LION'S CITY A65 18410 FOC/R-SKD-RSA
A22 NL 223/263/313 F A66 14220 HOCL/R-NL
A23 LION'S CITY G A67 14280 HOCL/R-SR
A24 NG 263/313 F A69 18220/310 HOCL/R-NL
A25 LION'S CITY UELL A72 LION´S CLASSIC UE
A26 LION'S CITY LL A74 LION´S CLASSIC
A30 NL/NUE 263/313/353 F-15M A75 LION´S CLASSIC G

T 62 5th edition 23
INTRODUCTION

Model Model designation Model Model designation


A34 ND 313/363 F A76 12220 HOCL/R-NL
A35 NM 224/284 F A78 LION´S CITY T/TUE
A37 LION'S CITY (VERTICAL ENGINE) A80 12220 HOCL-NL-CKD
A38 NL 243/283 F-EXPORT A84 18220/260/280/310 HOCL/R-NL-CKD
A39 LION´S CITY DD A89 SL 18220/260/280 HOCL/R-F-TURKEY
A47 LION´S CITY M A91 SUE 223/253/263/313 F-TURKEY

Buses and coaches (P01-P99)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


P21 TOURLINER P24 TRENDLINER L
P22 TOURLINER L P25 TRENDLINER C
P23 TRENDLINER

Buses and coaches (R01-R99)

Model Model designation Model Model designation


R02 LION'S STAR R13 LION'S REGIO L
R03 LION'S STAR L R14 LION´S REGIO C
R07 LION'S COACH R33 18260/410/460 HOCL/R
R08 LION'S COACH L R37 24410/460 HOCLN/R-15M
R09 LION'S COACH C
R12 LION'S REGIO R39 18410/430 HOCL/R CIB

Buses and coaches

Model Model designation Model Model designation


466 CENTROLINER P 487 CENTROLINER T
467 N4520 P CENTROLINER 489 CENTROLINER G
486 CENTROLINER

24 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

EXPLANATORY NOTES TO THE WIRING DIAGRAMS

(1) Electrical component designation (8) Installation position of the component (see
(example - Diode V100, central electrical - identication of installation positions)
system, number 53) (9) Current path (numbered from 1 to 55/60
(2) Installation position on the front side of the on each diagram)
central electrical system (here -stamped
number 53)
(3) Plug connection at the rear end of the
central electrical system (here - plug 78,
connection 8)
(4) Cable number, with abbreviated colour
name in the case of coloured cable,
cross-section information only given if
different from 1²
(5) Cable designation, number in brackets:
conductor pathways on a p.c.b.
(6) Line interruption and line continuation with
sheet number (Sheet 2) and path number
(Path 4)
(7) Plug connection (example - one-pin plug
connection X104)

T 62 5th edition 25
INTRODUCTION

Installation positions for location identiers

Installation positions for left-hand drive vehicles (TG)

(A) Rear of vehicle (F6) Driver’s seat


(B1) Engine (F7) Co-driver’s seat
(B2) Gearbox (F8) Shift console
(C) Front of vehicle (G) Battery box
(C1) Bumper (H1) B-pillar, driver’s side
(C2) Entrance, right (H2) A-pillar, driver’s side
(C3) Entrance, left (J1) B-pillar, co-driver’s side
(E6) Area of central electrical system (J2) A-pillar co-driver’s side
(E7) Control unit plug-in modules (L) Ceiling / roof
(E8) Back wall of cab (N) Front axle
(F) Instrument panel (P) Rear axle
(F1) Central section (R1) Front frame sections
(F2) Steering column / steering wheel (R2) Rear frame section
(F3) Pedals (S1) Door, left
(F4) Front wall inside left (S2) Door, right
(F5) Front wall inside right

26 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

Installation positions for right-hand drive vehicles (TG)

(A) Rear of vehicle (G) Battery box


(B1) Engine (H1) B-pillar, co-driver’s side
(B2) Gearbox (H2) A-pillar co-driver’s side
(C) Front of vehicle (J1) B-pillar, driver’s side
(C1) Bumper (J2) A-pillar, driver’s side
(C2) Entrance, right (L) Ceiling / roof
(C3) Entrance, left (N) Front axle
(E6) Area of central electrical system (P) Rear axle
(E7) Control unit plug-in modules (R1) Front frame sections
(E8) Back wall of cab (R2) Rear frame section
(F) Instrument panel (S1) Door, left
(F1) Central section (S2) Door, right
(F2) Steering column / steering wheel
(F3) Pedals
(F4) Front wall inside left
(F5) Front wall inside right
(F6) Co-driver’s seat
(F7) Driver’s seat
(F8) Shift console

T 62 5th edition 27
INTRODUCTION

Installation positions for rough-terrain trucks (X models)

Installation positions – cab

(C) Front end (F8) Shift console


(E4) Relays, diodes etc. (F9) Switchboard
(E5) Control units 2 (H1) B-pillar, driver’s side
(E6) Central electrical system (H2) A-pillar, driver’s side
(E7) Control units 1 (J1) B-pillar, co-driver's side
(E8) Back wall of cab (J2) A-pillar, co-driver’s side
(F) Instrument panel (L) Ceiling/roof
(F1) Mid-section (S1) Door, left
(F2) Steering column / steering wheel (S2) Door, right
(F3) Pedals (1) Connecting points (F1)
(F4) Front, inside, left (2) Connecting points (F3)
(F5) Front, inside, right (3) Centre seat
(F6) Driver’s seat (4) Fuses (E6)
(F7) Co-driver’s seat (5) Diagnosis socket (E6)

Installation positions – frame

(A) Rear of vehicle (P) Rear axle


(B1) Engine (R1) Front frame section
(B2) Gearbox (R2) Rear frame section
(C1) Bumper (T) Support frame behind cab
(C2) Entrance, right (6) Cab
(C3) Entrance, left
(G) Battery box
(N) Front axle

28 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

Installation positions for R02, R03, R07, R08, R12, R13

(A) Rear of vehicle (E8) Equipment compartment (water reservoir)


(B) Engine, gearbox (F) Instrument panel
(C) Front of vehicle (G) Battery box
(D) Main switchboard (H) Left-hand side of vehicle
(E) Equipment compartment (battery box) (J) Right-hand side of vehicle
(E1) Equipment board 1 (secondary (K) Middle of vehicle
switchboard) (L) Ceiling
(E6) Area of central electrical system (CES) (N) Front axle
(E7) Control unit plug-in modules (P) Rear axle

No. Name Device No. Name Device


1 Control unit, immobiliser A477 15 Inverter (optional) G105
2 Multiplex node, front left 1.1 A411 16 Node, air conditioning, right A623
3 Multiplex node, front right 2.1 A421 17 Node, air conditioning, left A624
4 Multiplex node 2.2 A422 18 Multiplex node, vehicle middle 2.3 A423
5 Audio amplier N106 19 Control unit, central locking A140
Seat module system "head station"
6 A212 20 Control unit, doors A110
(optional)
7 Receiver for remote control A394 21 Control unit, retarder A144
8 Control unit, central computer ZBR2 A302 22 Multiplex node 1.7 A417
Control unit, vehicle management
9 A403 23 Node, water station A622
computer
Assembly, equipment board, p.c.b.,
10 Control unit, ECAS A143 24 A496
rear
11 Control unit, EBS A402 25 Multiplex node, rear right 1.8 A418
12 Control unit, multiplex node 1.3 A413 26 Multiplex node, rear left 2.8 A428
13 Multiplex central computer (ZBRO) A360 27 Control unit, EDC (on motor) A435
Control unit, ASTRONIC (on
14 Control unit, crash recorder (optional) A396 28 A330
gearbox)

T 62 5th edition 29
INTRODUCTION

Installation positions – A37, A38, A51, A69

(A) Rear of vehicle (F) Instrument panel


(B) Engine, gearbox (EDC7 engine (G) Battery box
management) (H) Left-hand side of vehicle
(C) Front of vehicle (J) Right-hand side of vehicle
(D) Main switchboard (K) Middle of vehicle
(E) Equipment compartment (battery box) (L) Ceiling
(E1) Equipment board 1 (secondary (N) Front axle
switchboard) (P) Rear axle

Installation positions – A20, A21, 466, 486

(A) Rear of vehicle (J) Right-hand side of vehicle


(C) Front of vehicle (J1) Equipment board 1
(D) Main switchboard (J2) Equipment board 2
(E5) Eurobox (J3) Equipment board in rear of vehicle
(F) Instrument panel (K) Floor
(FH) Control panel (L) Ceiling
(G) Battery box
(H) Left-hand side of vehicle
(H2) IBIS star point

30 T 62 5th edition
INTRODUCTION

No. Name Device No. Name Device


1.1 Multiplex node, front left A411 2.1 Multiplex node, front right A421
Multiplex node A422
1.2 Multiplex node, front middle A412 2.2
Multiplex central computer (ZBRO) A360
1.3 Multiplex node, front, control units A413 2.4 Multiplex node, IBIS A424
1.5 Multiplex node, ceiling front A415 2.6 Multiplex node A426
1.7 Multiplex node A417

Installation positions – A23, A24

(A) Rear of vehicle


(B) Engine, gearbox
(C) Front of vehicle
(D) Main switchboard
(E) Equipment compartment (battery box)
(E2) Equipment board 2 (transverse duct)
(E3) Equipment board 3 (central on-board
computer, gearbox)
(E4) Equipment board 4 (EDC/CNG)
(F) Instrumentation
(FH) Control panel
(G) Battery box
(H) Left-hand side of vehicle
(H1) Left-hand side of vehicle (rear carriage)
(J) Right-hand side of vehicle
(J1) Right-hand side of vehicle (rear carriage)
(K) Middle of vehicle
(K1) Middle of vehicle (rear carriage)
(L) Ceiling
(L1) Ceiling (rear carriage)
(N) Front axle (1st axle)
(O) Centre axle (2nd axle)
(P) Rear axle (3rd axle)

T 62 5th edition 31
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

General information

The following versions of the instrumentation (A407) are available:

– Siemens-VDO
– Baseline (BL)
– Highline (HL)

– Stoneridge

Stoneridge variants Software versions Model


Baseline L R01, R03, R04, R08, R09 km/h, mph
Baseline R01, R03, R04, R05, R06, R08, km/h, mph
R09, R20, R22
Baseline High-Speed R06, R08, R09 mph
Baseline AB R06, R08, R09, R20, R22 km/h, mph
Baseline AB multi R24 km/h, mph
Highline R04, R06, R08, R09, R20, R22 km/h, mph
Highline AB R06, R08, R09, R20, R22 km/h, mph
Highline AB multi R24 km/h, mph

AB is the abbreviation for AdBlue.

"Software version R22" includes a hardware modication and a software modication. On the hardware side,
the speedometer and the rev counter have each received two additional check lamps. The check for the front
and rear fog lamps was added to the rev counter. The charge check and the fuel ll level check were added
to the speedometer. Furthermore, there is now only the small matrix display, i.e. the Highline and Baseline
versions have the same number of check lamps. In addition, the rev counter display indicates the outside
temperature with the black ice warning and the total mileage/km simultaneously. The speedometer display
indicates the time and the trip odometer simultaneously.

The software modication means that further menu items have been added to the Driving Data, Monitoring
Data, Settings and Audio menus.

"Software version R24" includes a hardware modication and a software modication. On the hardware side,
the AdBlue versions of the instrumentation have been discontinued. There is now a combined diesel fuel /
AdBlue indicator instead of a diesel fuel indicator and a new symbol for the MIL check lamp (exhaust gas
check) on the speedometer (new symbol: yellow engine).

The software modication means changes to the phone book scrolling function, the sensed axle indicator, the
menu access, the phone screen and the checkbox on the audio screen. Furthermore, the external buzzer has
been activated in blackout-light mode, a check lamp has been integrated for the trailer ESP and a Bluetooth
connection has been integrated for the phone.

The driver receives information regarding the vehicle status by means of check lamps, the display for symbols
/text and analogue gauges on the instrument panel.

Much of this information concerns functions (activated in addition to the normal vehicle functions), service
messages (e.g. exible maintenance system), faults (critical vehicle states) and warnings (non-availability of
functions and possible critical states - advance warnings).

32 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

The data the installed control units receive via the engine engine CAN databus (M-CAN) and powertrain CAN
databus (T-CAN) are forwarded to the instrumentation (A407) via the instrumentation CAN databus (I-CAN).
The data from the multifunctional steering wheel (A943) are sent to the instrument via the LIN databus. In
the case of signals not on the CAN databus, there are additional digital status inputs provided for switches
and other additional equipment. The Highline instrumentation also receives information from information
and communication components via the Highline CAN databus (H-CAN). A K-line is provided for diagnostic
purposes. All the devices have LEDs. The device can operate the internal check lamps as well as numerous
other LEDs, including those for the left/right turn indicators, range-change and splitter group (Baseline, VDO),
warning speed and economy indicator.

Signal and bus structure, VDO Baseline instrumentation

A Input signals B Output signals


I-CAN CAN databus, instrumentation T-CAN CAN databus, powertrain
M-CAN CAN databus, engine
Baseline Instrumentation e.g. switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle,
1 7
(A407) raise/relieve
Central on-board computer
2 8 Tachograph (A408)
(A302)
Vehicle management computer e.g. LED for button, ECAS, starting-traction
3 9
(A403) control
4 Control unit, EDC (A435) 10 e.g. LED for button, ECAS, level I/II
e.g. button, lighting learning
5 11 e.g. LED for button, lighting learning routine
routine (S329)
6 e.g. button, ECAS level I / II 12 e.g. control unit, Intarder (A144)

T 62 5th edition 33
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Signal and bus structure, VDO Highline instrumentation

A Input signals B Output signals


H-CAN CAN databus, Highline M-CAN CAN databus, engine
I-CAN CAN databus, instrumentation T-CAN CAN databus, powertrain
1 Highline instrumentation (A407) 8 Tachograph (A408)
Central on-board computer
2 9 Control unit, MMI (A574)
(A302)
Vehicle management computer e.g. LED for button, ECAS, starting-traction
3 10
(A403) control
4 Control unit, EDC (A435) 11 e.g. LED for button, ECAS, level I/II
e.g. button, lighting learning
5 12 e.g. LED for button, lighting learning routine
routine (S329)
6 e.g. button, ECAS level I / II 13 e.g. control unit, Intarder (A144)
e.g. switch, ECAS, trailing
7
axle/leading axle, raise/relieve

34 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Signal and bus structure, Stoneridge Baseline instrumentation

A Input signals B Output signals


I-CAN CAN databus, instrumentation T-CAN CAN databus, powertrain
M-CAN CAN databus, engine
Baseline Instrumentation e.g. switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle,
1 7
(A407) raise/relieve
Central on-board computer
2 8 Tachograph (A408)
(A302)
Vehicle management computer e.g. LED for button, ECAS, starting-traction
3 9
(A403) control (S267)
4 Control unit, EDC 10 e.g. LED for button, ECAS, level I/II
e.g. button, lighting learning
5 11 e.g. LED for button, lighting learning routine
routine (S329)
6 e.g. button, ECAS level I / II 12 e.g. control unit, Intarder (A144)

T 62 5th edition 35
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Signal and bus structure, Stoneridge Highline instrumentation with MMI (A574)

A Input signals B Output signals


H-CAN CAN databus, Highline M-CAN CAN databus, engine
I-CAN CAN databus, instrumentation T-CAN CAN databus, powertrain
1 Highline instrumentation (A407) 8 Tachograph (A408)
Central on-board computer
2 9 Control unit, MMI (A574)
(A302)
Vehicle management computer e.g. LED for button, ECAS, starting-traction
3 10
(A403) control
4 Control unit, EDC 11 e.g. LED for button, ECAS, level I/II
e.g. button, lighting learning
5 12 e.g. LED for button, lighting learning routine
routine (S329)
6 e.g. button, ECAS level I / II 13 e.g. control unit, Intarder (A144)
e.g. switch, ECAS, trailing
7
axle/leading axle, raise/relieve

36 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Signal and bus structure, Stoneridge Highline instrumentation with multifunctional steering wheel
(A943)

A Input signals B Output signals


H-CAN CAN databus, Highline T-CAN CAN databus, powertrain
I-CAN CAN databus, instrumentation LIN LIN databus
M-CAN CAN databus, engine
1 Highline instrumentation (A407) 8 e.g. radio (A148)
Central on-board computer
2 9 Tachograph (A408)
(A302)
Vehicle management computer
3 10 Multifunctional steering wheel (A943)
(A403)
e.g. LED for button, ECAS, starting-traction
4 Control unit, EDC (A435) 11
control
e.g. button, lighting learning
5 12 e.g. LED for button, ECAS, level I/II
routine (S329)
6 e.g. button, ECAS level I / II 13 e.g. LED for button, lighting learning routine
e.g. switch, ECAS, trailing
7 14 e.g. control unit, Intarder (A144)
axle/leading axle, raise/relieve

T 62 5th edition 37
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Signal and bus structure, Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation software version R22 and
R24 with multifunctional steering wheel (A943)

A Input signals B Output signals


H-CAN CAN databus, Highline T-CAN CAN databus, powertrain
I-CAN CAN databus, instrumentation LIN LIN databus
M-CAN CAN databus, engine
Baseline / Highline
1 8 e.g. radio (A564)
Instrumentation (A407)
Central on-board computer
2 9 Tachograph (A408)
(A302)
Vehicle management computer
3 10 Multifunctional steering wheel (A943)
(A403)
e.g. LED for button, ECAS, starting-traction
4 Control unit, EDC (A435) 11
control
e.g. button, lighting learning
5 12 e.g. LED for button, ECAS, level I/II
routine (S329)
6 e.g. button, ECAS level I / II 13 e.g. LED for button, lighting learning routine
e.g. switch, ECAS, trailing
7 14 e.g. control unit, Intarder (A144)
axle/leading axle, raise/relieve

38 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

VDO Baseline Instrumentation (A407)

(1) "TIME / TEMP" button (10) Panels of check lamps (LEDs)


(2) "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button (11) Display for symbols/text
(3) MMI button (12) Turn indicators, left
(4) ACKN./TRIP button (13) Rev counter
(5) Brake pressure indicator, circuit I (14) Multi-function display 2 (small LCD)
(6) Brake pressure indicator, circuit II (15) Fuel gauge
(7) Multi-function display 1 (small LCD) (16) Coolant temperature gauge
(8) Speedometer (17) Multi-function display, transfer case
(9) Turn indicators, right /differential locks

Components
The Baseline instrumentation consists of the following components:

Pointer-type instruments
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Fuel gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Brake circuit I pressure gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Brake circuit II pressure gauge (small analogue indicator)

LEDs
– Left turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Economy indicator (variable green/red strip with "Bestpoint", illumination of individual green LEDs) with
identication of optimal rpm range
– Splitter group (on the left in the rev counter, green LED)
– Range-change group (on the right in the rev counter, green LED)
– Upper panel of 14 check lamps (red/yellow LEDs)
– Centre panel of 21 check lamps (red/yellow/green/blue LEDs)
– Lower panel of 9 check lamps for interaxle and transverse locks
– Right turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Warning lights that come on when max. speed limit is exceeded (red LED in speedometer, default value at
80 km/h, adjustable with MMI button)
– Light sensor (phototransistor), automatically controls the background lighting for the pointer-type
instruments, the check lamps and the display depending on the light conditions

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 1) for indicating


– Total mileage (km)
– Trip mileage (km)
– Vehicle speed (mph)

T 62 5th edition 39
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 2) for indicating


– Time
– Outside temperature (in degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F))
– Background lighting/instrument lighting intensity (bargraph-type display)
– Charge pressure (bargraph-type display)

LCDs, display for symbols/text (multi-function display) for indicating


– Specic display messages (2-line) from the CAN-DM1 message system
– Symbols (pictograms)

Buttons
– "TIME/TEMP" button: Display outside temperature and time, set the time
– "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button: Adjust the brightness/dimmer setting for the instrument lighting
– "MMI" button
Call up MMI menu, navigation in MMI menu, for changing display if there are several fault messages displayed
and several of these faults have the same priority

– "ACKN./TRIP" button
Conrmation and cancellation in the MMI menu, for conrming (hiding) yellow messages (faults with priority
3 or 5, the central warning light is illuminated YELLOW)

Changing between total mileage (km), trip mileage (km) and current speed in mph and resetting trip mileage
(km)

Display for symbols and text


The display can permanently indicate information such as the engaged gear, cruise control (RSG/RSL)
settings, ACC (normal mode) and the current radio station, providing the items of equipment concerned are
specied.

In normal mode and in the absence of vehicle faults, the display does not indicate anything else.

Functions that are activated in addition to the normal vehicle functions may be indicated by the temporary
appearance of a symbol on the display ("virtual check lamp").

– Basic display setting


2 text lines of 16 characters each with a 32 x 32-pixel symbol on the left and right. The gear is indicated in
the middle of the display. There is a free space of at least one pixel width at the far left and right.

Symbol on Symbol on
Gear display
the left the right
Line 2 .........................................................
Line 3 .........................................................

The gear indicator is needed if a manual / automated manual gearbox or automatic gearbox is specied. The
space on the left is used to display diagnostic symbols.

The space on the right is only used for indicating symbols without text and the STOP symbol. The symbols
are displayed alternately at 20-second intervals. The STOP symbol interrupts the rolling display.

– Menu selection and text input

A maximum of 4 text lines of 16 characters each

Headline ......................................................
Line 2 .........................................................
Line 3 .........................................................
Line 4 .........................................................

– Selection principle
First line (headline) remains the same and indicates the current selection from the previous level. The headline
for the main menu reads MENU.

The rst column of lines 1 ... 3 contains a cursor (arrow, e.g. ">").

40 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Button 3 "MMI" (scroll) can be used to scroll from line n to line n+1.

The cursor does not move beyond line 3. After this the menu scrolls upwards.

Information symbols always remain on line 4.

The "last" line with the "back" function generally looks like this: "————".

ENGINE DATA
>OIL LEVEL
OIL TEMPERATURE
OIL PRESSURE ↓ →

Display when menu called up

ENGINE DATA
OIL LEVEL
>OIL TEMPERATURE
OIL PRESSURE ↓ →

Button 3 cursor on second last => Menu line, i.e. cursor remains on line 3, menu then scrolls upwards.

ENGINE DATA
OIL PRESSURE
>——————-
↑ OK

Display after last menu line. "————" means "back to next highest level".

Check lamps
– Without accompanying display messages
All check lamps remain lit continuously for as long as the function is being performed or a warning / fault is
active. The check lamps continue to function even if the display fails.

Some check lamps can light up either YELLOW or RED. In such cases, YELLOW indicates a function or a
warning. RED indicates a fault. Red always has priority over yellow. Functions or warnings (YELLOW) are
always overridden by faults (RED).

– With accompanying display messages


The meaning of these check lamps can vary and depends on the additional information on the display, i.e.
these are "general check lamps" as they only refer generally to a function or fault in the system concerned.

Example 1:

If the reservoir pressure in brake circuit I or II falls below the required level, only the "brake fault" check lamp
will light up. The defective brake circuit is indicated on the display.

Remark:

Problems in circuit III are also indicated by the "brake fault" check lamp whereas problems in circuit V are
indicated by the "ECAS fault" check lamp and problems in circuit IV are only indicated by a display message.

Example 2:

The "ABS" check lamp lights up YELLOW when "ABS info." is displayed. The check lamp also lights up
YELLOW when there is an "ABS fault". Supplementary information appears on the display, i.e. whether the
fault occurred on the tractor or the trailer.

In the case of an "ABS warning", both the central warning light and the ABS check lamp light up YELLOW
whilst a warning appears on the display. The "ABS info." check lamp ashes at 1-second intervals in ABS
off-road mode.

T 62 5th edition 41
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Assignment of the information on the display to the check lamp is event-controlled. In other words, when a
general check lamp is activated, the accompanying information appears on the display at the same time. This
information remains displayed until the general check lamp goes out or until another general check lamp is
activated.

Note:

Information relating to general check lamps is also displayed alternately when it refers to functions and not
faults/warnings.

42 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

VDO Highline Instrumentation (A407)

(1) "TIME / TEMP" button (10) Panel of check lamps (LEDs)


(2) "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button (11) Display for symbols/text
(3) Driver's display message button (12) Turn indicators, left
(4) ACKN./TRIP button (13) Rev counter
(5) Brake pressure indicator, circuit I (14) Multi-function display 2 (small LCD)
(6) Brake pressure indicator, circuit II (15) Fuel gauge
(7) Multi-function display 1 (small LCD) (16) Coolant temperature gauge
(8) Speedometer (17) Multi-function display, transfer case
(9) Turn indicators, right /differential locks

Components
The Highline instrumentation consists of the following components:

Pointer-type instruments
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Fuel gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Brake circuit I pressure gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Brake circuit II pressure gauge (small analogue indicator)

LEDs
– Left turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Economy indicator (variable green/red strip with "Bestpoint", illumination of individual green LEDs) with
identication of optimal rpm range
– Centre panel of 21 check lamps (red/yellow/green/blue LEDs)
– Lower panel of 9 check lamps for interaxle and transverse locks
– Right turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Warning lights that come on when max. speed limit is exceeded (red LED in speedometer, default value at
80 km/h, adjustable with MMI button)
– Light sensor (phototransistor) automatically controls the background lighting for the pointer-type
instruments, the check lamps and the display depending on the light conditions

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 1) for indicating


– Total mileage (km)
– Trip mileage (km)
– Vehicle speed (mph)

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 2) for indicating


– Clock time

T 62 5th edition 43
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Outside temperature (in degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F))


– Background lighting/instrument lighting intensity (bargraph-type display)
– Charge pressure (bargraph-type display)

LCDs, display for symbols/text (multi-function display) for indicating


– Specic display messages (4-line) from the CAN-DM1 message system
– Symbols (pictograms)

Buttons
– "TIME/TEMP" button: Display outside temperature and time, set the time
– "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button: Adjust the brightness/dimmer setting for the instrument lighting
– "Driver's display messages" button
For changing display if there are several fault messages displayed and several of these faults have the same
priority

– "ACKN./TRIP" button
For conrming (hiding) yellow messages (faults with priority 3 or 5, central warning light illuminated YELLOW)

Changing between total mileage (km), trip mileage (km) and current speed in mph and resetting trip mileage
(km)

Display for symbols and text


The display can permanently indicate information such as the engaged gear, cruise control (RSG/RSL)
settings, ACC (normal mode) and the current radio station, providing the items of equipment concerned are
specied.

In normal mode and in the absence of vehicle faults, the display does not indicate anything else.

Functions that are activated in addition to the normal vehicle functions may be indicated by the temporary
appearance of a symbol on the display ("virtual check lamp").

– Basic display setting

– Area (1)

Field (5) Display symbol without text with special function: "STOP", "Engine brake" or "Retarder",
"Retarder levels" (if retarder is specied)
Field (6) and (7) Gear display
Field (8) and (9) Cruise control, Bremsomat (braking control), RSL, ACC

44 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Area (2)

Field (5) Display symbol (pictogram) belonging to indicated text


Field (6) to (9) Vehicle status as text message or fault number (2 lines of text)

– Area (3) (if function available)

Field (5) Note symbol when radio is operating


Field (6) to (9) Radio status with display of station and frequency (2 lines of text)

– Area (4)

Field (5) to (9) Vehicle status as display symbol/pictogram (automatic scrolling if more than 5 symbols
/pictograms)

or if navigation is active - area (2) to (4)

Navigation display

2 text lines of 16 characters each with a 32 x 32-pixel symbol on the left and right. The gear is indicated in
the middle of the display. There is a free space of at least one pixel width at the far left and right.

Check lamps
– Without accompanying display messages
All check lamps remain lit continuously for as long as the function is being performed or a warning / fault is
active. The check lamps continue to function even if the display fails.

Some check lamps can light up either YELLOW or RED. In such cases, YELLOW indicates a function or a
warning. RED indicates a fault. Red always has priority over yellow. Functions or warnings (YELLOW) are
always overridden by faults (RED).

– With accompanying display messages


The meaning of these check lamps can vary and depends on the additional information on the display, i.e.
these are "general check lamps" as they only refer generally to a function or fault in the system concerned.

Example 1:

If the reservoir pressure in brake circuit I or II falls below the required level, only the "brake fault" check lamp
will light up. The defective brake circuit is indicated on the display.

Remark:

Problems in circuit III are also indicated by the "brake fault" check lamp whereas problems in circuit V are
indicated by the "ECAS fault" check lamp and problems in circuit IV are only indicated by a display message.

Example 2:

The "ABS" check lamp lights up YELLOW when "ABS info." is displayed. The check lamp also lights up
YELLOW when there is an "ABS fault". Supplementary information appears on the display, i.e. whether the
fault occurred on the tractor or the trailer.

In the case of an "ABS warning", both the central warning light and the ABS check lamp light up YELLOW
whilst a warning appears on the display. The "ABS info." check lamp ashes at 1-second intervals in ABS
off-road mode.

Assignment of the information on the display to the check lamp is event-controlled. In other words, when a
general check lamp is activated, the accompanying information appears on the display at the same time. This
information remains displayed until the general check lamp goes out or until another general check lamp is
activated.

T 62 5th edition 45
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Note:

Information relating to general check lamps is also displayed alternately when it refers to functions and not
faults/warnings.

46 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline Low instrumentation (A407)

(1) Rev counter (12) MMI button


(2) Economy indicator (13) Check lamp, exhaust gas check
(3) Turn indicators, left (14) Light sensor (phototransistor)
(4) Display for symbols/text (15) Multi-function display, transfer case
(5) Panels of check lamps (LEDs) /differential locks
(6) Turn indicators, right (16) "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
(7) Speedometer (17) "BRAKE PRESSURE/FUEL LEVEL"
(8) Warning light (limit speed) button
(9) Multi-function display 1 (small LCD) (18) Brake pressure indicator, circuit I / brake
(10) Coolant temperature gauge pressure indicator, circuit II / fuel gauge
(11) ACKN./TRIP button (19) Check lamp, headlight low beam

Components
The instrumentation consists of the following components:

Pointer-type instruments
– Speedometer (large analogue indicator)
– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Fuel gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit I and II (small analogue indicator)

LEDs
– Warning lights that come on when max. speed limit is exceeded (red LED in speedometer adjustable with
MMI button)
– Light sensor (phototransistor), automatically controls the background lighting for the pointer-type
instruments, the check lamps and the display depending on the light conditions
– Check lamp, exhaust gas check
– Left turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Right turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Upper panel of 14 check lamps (red/yellow LEDs)
– Centre panel of 21 check lamps (red/yellow/green/blue LEDs)
– Lower panel of 9 check lamps for interaxle and transverse locks
– Economy indicator (variable green/red strip with "Bestpoint", illumination of individual green LEDs) with
identication of optimal rpm range
– Check lamp, headlight low beam

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 1) for indicating


– Total mileage (km)

T 62 5th edition 47
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Trip mileage (km)


– Vehicle speed (mph)

LCDs, display for symbols/text (multi-function display) for indicating


– Specic display messages (2-line) from the CAN-DM1 message system
– Symbols (pictograms)

Buttons
– "MMI" button
Call up MMI menu, navigation in MMI menu, for changing display if there are several fault messages displayed
and several of these faults have the same priority

– "ACKN./TRIP" button
– "BRAKE PRESSURE / FUEL LEVEL" button: Call up brake circuit I reservoir pressure, brake circuit II
reservoir pressure and fuel gauge
– "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button: Adjust the brightness/dimmer setting for the instrument lighting
Conrmation and cancellation in the MMI menu, for conrming (hiding) yellow messages (faults with priority
3, 5, 8 or 9, the central warning light is illuminated YELLOW)

Changing between total mileage (km), trip mileage (km) and current speed in mph and resetting trip mileage
(km)

Display for symbols and text


The driver's display can permanently indicate information such as the engaged gear, cruise control (RSG
/RSL) settings, ACC (normal mode) and the current radio station, providing the items of equipment concerned
are specied.

In normal mode and in the absence of vehicle faults, the display does not indicate anything else.

Functions that are activated in addition to the normal vehicle functions may be indicated by the temporary
appearance of a symbol on the display ("virtual check lamp").

– Basic display setting


The display features symbols, left and right, as well as the gear indicator in the middle of the display and 2
text lines.

The gear indicator is needed if a manual / automated manual gearbox or automatic gearbox is specied. The
space on the left is used to display diagnostic symbols.

The space on the right is only used for indicating symbols without text and the STOP symbol. The symbols
are displayed alternately at 20-second intervals. The STOP symbol interrupts the rolling display.

Calling up the menu on the driver's display (menu navigation)

The menu is called up using the "MMI" button.

48 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Headline (max. 15 characters), continue scrolling using the "MMI" button


– Line 2, brightly lit eld, shows the selected menu. Call up this menu using the "ACKN./TRIP" button
– Line 3, next menu
– Line 4, reserved for navigation. There are pictograms for the "MMI" button and "ACKN./TRIP" button at the
bottom right of the eld.
– Exit the menu using the "MMI" button.

Check lamps
– Without accompanying display messages
All check lamps remain lit continuously for as long as the function is being performed or a warning / fault is
active. The check lamps continue to function even if the display fails.

Some check lamps can light up either YELLOW or RED. In such cases, YELLOW indicates a function or a
warning. RED indicates a fault. Red always has priority over yellow. Functions or warnings (YELLOW) are
always overridden by faults (RED).

– With accompanying display messages


The meaning of these check lamps can vary and depends on the additional information on the display, i.e.
these are "general check lamps" as they only refer generally to a function or fault in the system concerned.

Example 1:

If the reservoir pressure in brake circuit I or II falls below the required level, only the "brake fault" check lamp
will light up. The defective brake circuit is indicated on the display.

Note:

Problems in circuit III are also indicated by the "brake fault" check lamp whereas problems in circuit V are
indicated by the "ECAS fault" check lamp and problems in circuit IV are only indicated by a display message.

Example 2:

The "ABS" check lamp lights up YELLOW when "ABS info." is displayed. The check lamp also lights up
YELLOW when there is an "ABS fault". Supplementary information appears on the display, i.e. whether the
fault occurred on the tractor or the trailer.

In the case of an "ABS warning", both the central warning light and the ABS check lamp light up YELLOW
whilst a warning appears on the display. The "ABS info." check lamp ashes at 1-second intervals in ABS
off-road mode.

Assignment of the information on the display to the check lamp is event-controlled. In other words, when a
general check lamp is activated, the accompanying information appears on the display at the same time. This
information remains displayed until the general check lamp goes out or until another general check lamp is
activated.

Note:

Information relating to general check lamps is also displayed alternately when it refers to functions and not
faults/warnings.

T 62 5th edition 49
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline Instrumentation (A407)

(1) Rev counter (14) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit I


(2) Economy indicator (15) Light sensor (phototransistor)
(3) Turn indicators, left (16) Multi-function display, transfer case
(4) Display for symbols/text /differential locks
(5) Panels of check lamps (LEDs) (17) Coolant temperature gauge
(6) Turn indicators, right (18) "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
(7) Speedometer (19) "TIME / TEMP" button
(8) Multi-function display 1 (small LCD) (20) Fuel gauge
(9) Warning light (limit speed) (21) Check lamp, headlight low beam
(10) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit II (22) Multi-function display 2 (small LCD)
(11) ACKN./TRIP button (23) AdBlue reducing agent gauge
(12) MMI button (24) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit I
(13) Check lamp, exhaust gas check and II

Components
The instrumentation consists of the following components:

Pointer-type instruments
– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit I (small analogue display)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit II (small analogue display)
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Fuel gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)

AdBlue pointer-type instruments


– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Fuel gauge (small analogue display)
– AdBlue reducing agent gauge (small analogue display)
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit I and II (small analogue indicator)

50 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)

LEDs
– Warning lights that come on when max. speed limit is exceeded (red LED in speedometer adjustable with
MMI button)
– Light sensor (phototransistor), automatically controls the background lighting for the pointer-type
instruments, the check lamps and the display depending on the light conditions
– Check lamp, exhaust gas check
– Left turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Right turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Upper panel of 14 check lamps (red/yellow LEDs)
– Centre panel of 21 check lamps (red/yellow/green/blue LEDs)
– Lower panel of 9 check lamps for interaxle and transverse locks
– Economy indicator (variable green/red strip with "Bestpoint", illumination of individual green LEDs) with
identication of optimal rpm range
– Check lamp, headlight low beam

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 1) for indicating


– Total mileage (km)
– Trip mileage (km)
– Vehicle speed (mph)

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 2) for indicating


– Clock time
– Outside temperature (in degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F))
– Background lighting/instrument lighting intensity (bargraph-type display)
– Charge pressure (bargraph-type display)

LCDs, display for symbols/text (multi-function display) for indicating


– Specic display messages (2-line) from the CAN-DM1 message system
– Symbols (pictograms)

Buttons
– "TIME/TEMP" button: Display outside temperature and time, set the time
– "BRIGHTNESS / DIMMER / LANGUAGE SELECTION" button: Instrument lighting brightness / dimmer
setting / language selection
– "MMI" button
Call up MMI menu, navigation in MMI menu, for changing display if there are several fault messages displayed
and several of these faults have the same priority

Check lamp test for the yellow check lamps (TGL / TGM)

– "ACKN./TRIP" button
Conrmation and cancellation in the MMI menu, for conrming (hiding) yellow messages (faults with priority
3, 5, 8 or 9, the central warning light is illuminated YELLOW)

Changing between total mileage (km), trip mileage (km) and current speed in mph and resetting trip mileage
(km)

Check lamp test for the red check lamps (TGL / TGM)

Display for symbols and text


The driver's display can permanently indicate information such as the engaged gear, cruise control (RSG
/RSL) settings, ACC (normal mode) and the current radio station, providing the items of equipment concerned
are specied.

In normal mode and in the absence of vehicle faults, the display does not indicate anything else.

Functions that are activated in addition to the normal vehicle functions may be indicated by the temporary
appearance of a symbol on the display ("virtual check lamp").

T 62 5th edition 51
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Basic display setting


The display features symbols, left and right, as well as the gear indicator in the middle of the display and 2
text lines.

The gear indicator is needed if a manual / automated manual gearbox or automatic gearbox is specied. The
space on the left is used to display diagnostic symbols.

The space on the right is only used for indicating symbols without text and the STOP symbol. The symbols
are displayed alternately at 20-second intervals. The STOP symbol interrupts the rolling display.

Calling up the menu on the driver's display without multifunctional steering wheel (A943), menu
navigation
The menu is called up using the "MMI" button.

– Headline (max. 15 characters), continue scrolling using the "MMI" button


– Line 2, brightly lit eld, shows the selected menu. Call up this menu using the "ACKN./TRIP" button
– Line 3, next menu
– Line 4, reserved for navigation. There are pictograms for the "MMI" button and "ACKN./TRIP" button at the
bottom right of the eld.
– Exit the menu using the "MMI" button.

52 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Calling up the menu on the driver's display with multifunctional steering wheel (A943), menu
navigation

(1-5) Cruise control/road speed limiter (6-10) Menu operation

The menu is called up using the "Vehicle menu" button (6).

– Continue scrolling using the buttons (9 or 10)


– Exit the menu using the "Exit menu" button (7) or if a button is not pressed within 30 seconds.
The driver's display is the same as for accessing the menu without multifunctional steering wheel A943.

Check lamps
Function in the same way as Baseline Low check lamps

T 62 5th edition 53
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Highline instrumentation (A407)

(1) Rev counter (14) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit I


(2) Economy indicator (15) Light sensor (phototransistor)
(3) Turn indicators, left (16) Multi-function display, transfer case
(4) Display for symbols/text /differential locks
(5) Panel of check lamps (LEDs) (17) Coolant temperature gauge
(6) Turn indicators, right (18) "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
(7) Speedometer (19) "TIME / TEMP" button
(8) Multi-function display 1 (small LCD) (20) Fuel gauge
(9) Warning light (limit speed) (21) Check lamp, headlight low beam
(10) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit II (22) Multi-function display 2 (small LCD)
(11) ACKN./TRIP button (23) AdBlue reducing agent gauge
(12) MMI button (24) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit I
(13) Check lamp, exhaust gas check and II

Components
The instrumentation consists of the following components:

Pointer-type instruments
– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit I (small analogue display)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit II (small analogue display)
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Fuel gauge (small analogue indicator)
– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)

AdBlue pointer-type instruments


– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Fuel gauge (small analogue display)
– AdBlue reducing agent gauge (small analogue display)
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit I and II (small analogue indicator)

54 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)

LEDs
– Warning lights that come on when max. speed limit is exceeded (red LED in speedometer adjustable with
MMI button)
– Light sensor (phototransistor), automatically controls the background lighting for the pointer-type
instruments, the check lamps and the display depending on the light conditions
– Check lamp, exhaust gas check
– Left turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Right turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Centre panel of 21 check lamps (red/yellow/green/blue LEDs)
– Lower panel of 9 check lamps for interaxle and transverse locks
– Economy indicator (variable green/red strip with "Bestpoint", illumination of individual green LEDs) with
identication of optimal rpm range
– Check lamp, headlight low beam

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 1) for indicating


– Total mileage (km)
– Trip mileage (km)
– Vehicle speed (mph)

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 2) for indicating


– Clock time
– Outside temperature (in degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F))
– Background lighting/instrument lighting intensity (bargraph-type display)
– Charge pressure (bargraph-type display)

LCDs, display for symbols/text (multi-function display) for indicating


– Specic display messages (4-line) from the CAN-DM1 message system
– Symbols (pictograms)

Buttons
– "TIME/TEMP" button: Display outside temperature and time, set the time
– "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button: Instrument lighting brightness / dimmer and language selection only for
TGA
– "Driver's display messages" button
For changing display if there are several fault messages displayed and several of these faults have the same
priority

– "ACKN./TRIP" button
For conrming (hiding) yellow messages (faults with priority 3, 5, 8 or 9, central warning light illuminated
YELLOW)

Changing between total mileage (km), trip mileage (km) and current speed in mph and resetting trip mileage
(km)

Display for symbols and text


The display can permanently indicate information such as the engaged gear, cruise control (RSG/RSL)
settings, ACC (normal mode) and the current radio station, providing the items of equipment concerned are
specied.

In normal mode and in the absence of vehicle faults, the display does not indicate anything else.

Functions that are activated in addition to the normal vehicle functions may be indicated by the temporary
appearance of a symbol on the display ("virtual check lamp").

T 62 5th edition 55
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Basic display setting

– Area (1)

Field (5) Display symbol without text with special function: "STOP", "Engine brake" or "Retarder",
"Retarder levels" (if retarder is specied)
Field (6) and (7) Gear display
Field (8) and (9) Cruise control, Bremsomat (braking control), RSL, ACC

– Area (2)

Field (5) Display symbol (pictogram) belonging to indicated text


Field (6) to (9) Vehicle status as text message or fault number (2 lines of text)

– Area (3) (if function available)

Field (5) Note symbol when radio is operating


Field (6) to (9) Radio status with display of station and frequency (2 lines of text)

– Area (4)

Field (5) to (9) Vehicle status as display symbol/pictogram (automatic scrolling if more than 5 symbols
/pictograms)

or if navigation is active - area (2) to (4)

Check lamps
Function in the same way as Baseline Low and Baseline check lamps

56 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline / Highline Instrumentation, software version R22 (A407)

(1) Rev counter (14) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit I


(2) Economy indicator (15) Light sensor (phototransistor)
(3) Turn indicators, left (16) Multi-function display, transfer case
(4) Display for symbols/text /differential locks
(5) Panel of check lamps (LEDs) (17) Coolant temperature gauge
(6) Turn indicators, right (18) Instrument lighting
(7) Speedometer (19) Language selection
(8) Multi-function display 1 (small LCD) (20) Fuel gauge
(9) Warning light (limit speed) (21) Check lamp for headlight low beam, fog
(10) Check lamp for exhaust gas check, charge lamps and rear fog lamp
check lamp and fuel level warning (22) Multi-function display 2 (small LCD)
(11) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit II (23) AdBlue reducing agent gauge
(12) ACKN./TRIP button (24) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit I
(13) MMI button and II

Components
The instrumentation consists of the following components:

Pointer-type instruments
– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit I (small analogue display)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit II (small analogue display)
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Fuel level (small analogue indicator)
– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)

T 62 5th edition 57
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

AdBlue pointer-type instruments


– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Fuel gauge (small analogue display)
– AdBlue reducing agent gauge (small analogue display)
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit I and II (small analogue indicator)
– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)

LEDs
– Warning lights that come on when max. speed limit is exceeded (red LED in speedometer adjustable with
MMI button)
– Light sensor (phototransistor), automatically controls the background lighting for the pointer-type
instruments, the check lamps and the display depending on the light conditions
– Check lamp, exhaust gas check
– Check lamp, tank reserve check
– Check lamp, charge check
– Left turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Right turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)
– Upper panel of 14 check lamps (red/yellow LEDs)
– Centre panel of 21 check lamps (red/yellow/green/blue LEDs)
– Lower panel of 9 check lamps for interaxle and transverse locks
– Economy indicator (variable green/red strip with "Bestpoint", illumination of individual green LEDs) with
identication of optimal rpm range / optimal braking range
– Check lamp, headlight low beam
– Check lamp, fog lamps
– Check lamp, rear fog lamp

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 1) for indicating


– Clock time
– Trip mileage (km)
– Speed indicator (in km/h or km/h and mph)

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 2) for indicating


– Total mileage
– Outside temperature (in degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F)) with black ice warning

LCDs, display for symbols/text (multi-function display) for indicating


– Specic display messages
– Symbols (pictograms)

Buttons with / without multifunctional steering wheel A943


– Select language
– Instrument lighting
– Vehicle menu; conrm yellow messages and scroll through the display and change to trip mileage or speed
in mph
For conrming (hiding) yellow messages (faults with priority 3, 5, 8 or 9, central warning light illuminated
YELLOW)

Changing the trip mileage to current speed in miles per hour (short press) and resetting trip mileage (long
press)

58 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation, software version R24 (A407)

(1) Rev counter (13) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit I


(2) Economy indicator (14) Light sensor (phototransistor)
(3) Turn indicators, left (15) Multi-function display, transfer case
(4) Display for symbols/text /differential locks
(5) Panel of check lamps (LEDs) (16) Coolant temperature gauge
(6) Turn indicators, right (17) Button, instrument lighting and language
(7) Speedometer selection
(8) Multi-function display 1 (small LCD) (18) Button, fuel gauge/AdBlue reducing agent
(9) Check lamp for exhaust gas check, charge gauge
check lamp and fuel level warning (19) Gauge, fuel/AdBlue reducing agent
(10) Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit II (20) Check lamp for headlight low beam, fog
(11) ACKN./TRIP button lamps and rear fog lamp
(12) MMI button (21) Multi-function display 2 (small LCD)

Components
The instrumentation consists of the following components:

Pointer-type instruments
– Speedometer (large analogue display)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit I (small analogue display)
– Reservoir pressure, brake circuit II (small analogue display)
– Rev counter (large analogue indicator)
– Fuel and AdBlue reducing agent gauge (small analogue display)
– Coolant temperature gauge (small analogue indicator)

LEDs
– Warning lights that come on when max. speed limit is exceeded (red LED in speedometer adjustable with
MMI button)
– Light sensor (phototransistor), automatically controls the background lighting for the pointer-type
instruments, the check lamps and the display depending on the light conditions
– Check lamp, exhaust gas check (new symbol: yellow engine)
– Check lamp, tank reserve check
– Check lamp, charge check
– Left turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)

T 62 5th edition 59
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Right turn indicators (top arrow symbol, green LED)


– Upper panel of 14 check lamps (red/yellow LEDs)
– Centre panel of 21 check lamps (red/yellow/green/blue LEDs)
– Lower panel of 9 check lamps for interaxle and transverse locks
– Economy indicator (variable green/red strip with "Bestpoint", illumination of individual green LEDs) with
identication of optimal rpm range / optimal braking range
– Check lamp, headlight low beam
– Check lamp, fog lamps
– Check lamp, rear fog lamp

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 1) for indicating


– Clock time
– Trip mileage (km)
– Speed indicator (in km/h or km/h and mph)

LCDs, small LCD (multi-function display 2) for indicating


– Total mileage
– Outside temperature (in degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F)) with black ice warning

LCDs, display for symbols/text (multi-function display) for indicating


– Specic display messages
– Symbols (pictograms)

Buttons with / without multifunctional steering wheel A943


– Switch from "select language" to instrument lighting
– Switch from fuel gauge to AdBlue reducing agent gauge
– Vehicle menu; conrm yellow messages and scroll through the display and change to trip mileage or speed
in mph
For conrming (hiding) yellow messages (faults with priority 3, 5, 8 or 9, central warning light illuminated
YELLOW)

Changing the trip mileage to current speed in miles per hour (short press, i.e. press and release) and resetting
trip mileage (long press, i.e. press and hold)

60 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Display for symbols and text, Stoneridge software version R22 and R24
Permanent indications, combined and temporary messages appear on the display (if specied). Permanent
indications include the gear indicator, power take-off indicator, preselection for cruise control (cruise control /
road speed limiter), the ACC indicator (normal mode), the retarder or retarder with braking level indicator and
the indicator for the exhaust brake,

In normal mode and in the absence of vehicle faults, the display does not indicate anything else.

Functions that are activated in addition to the normal vehicle functions may be indicated by the temporary
appearance of a symbol on the display ("virtual check lamp").

– Basic display setting

(1) Area 1 (3) Area 3


(2) Area 2

– Area (1) permanent displays


Gear display

(1) Range-change group high (4) Splitter group low


(2) Engaged gear (5) Range-change group low
(3) Splitter group high

The gear display is always on the far left and next to it are the other indicators.

T 62 5th edition 61
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Power take-off

(1) Power take-off I and II switched on

ACC

(1) Brake Matic switched on / ACC braking (4) Set speed


(2) 72 km/h speed of vehicle in front (5) Set distance
(3) 54 m distance to the vehicle in front

Brake Matic and cruise control switched on

Furthermore, the retarder, retarder with braking level indication and the exhaust brake are displayed in area
1.

62 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Area (2) information


Combined tyre pressure indicator

(1) Axle indicator (3) Tyre pressure symbol


(2) Tyre pressure indicator for each wheel

Fault message

The number with a back background indicates the axle on which the incorrect tyre pressure is present.

– Area 1 and 2
Menu

(1) Scrollbar

The right scrollbar (1) indicates whereabouts in the menu the user is. Furthermore, the size of the scrollbar
(1) indicates how large this menu item is.

T 62 5th edition 63
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Area (3) status line


All these elds in the status line are for checking only, so that it is clear which button on the multifunctional
steering wheel A943 can be pressed / whether the menu is active or passive.

(1) "Vehicle" menu selection (4) Exit the Vehicle menu or menu item
(2) Scroll up and scroll down (5) Menu selection active
(3) Accept settings or call up / exit the menu
item

– Temporary messages

Temporary messages are indicated briey, e.g. audio checkback, telephone checkback, pre-heating, light
test, central lubrication or reset trip data.

Check lamps
Highline TGX and Baseline TGS functions are the same.

64 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

CAN databus, system structure

Interfaces to other systems


The instrumentation (A407) communicates with the other control units via the Highline CAN databus (H-CAN)
and the instrumentation CAN databus (I-CAN). Furthermore, the multifunctional steering wheel A943
communicates with the steering column stalk, the vehicle management computer and the instrumentation
via the LIN databus (64512).

System faults or failures (e.g. EBS, EDC, ECAS, etc...) are reported to central on-board computer 2 (ZBR
2) via the powertrain CAN databus (T-CAN). Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR 2) sends the signal to the
instrumentation via the instrumentation CAN databus (I-CAN). The fault is visible to the driver here thanks to
check lamps and an indication on the display (symbols and text).

Rough-terrain trucks (X models)

(A146) Control unit, gearbox (A574) Control unit, MMI, with terminating
(A302) Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR2) with resistor, H-CAN
terminating resistors I-CAN and T-CAN (A...) Further systems can be networked
(A312) Customer-specied control module with (AB) Body manufacturer - electronics at CAN
terminating resistor, A-CAN connection, e.g. FMS systems
(A402) Control unit, EBS, KNORR (A-CAN) CAN databus, body manufacturer
(A403) Vehicle management computer with (simultaneously connection for FMS
terminating resistors, M-CAN and T-CAN interface)
(A407) Instrumentation with terminating resistors, (I-CAN) CAN databus, instrumentation
I-CAN and H-CAN (H-CAN) CAN databus, Highline
(A408) Tachograph with terminating resistor, (M-CAN) CAN databus, engine control
I-CAN (T-CAN) CAN databus, powertrain
(A435) Control unit, EDC, with terminating
resistor, M-CAN

T 62 5th edition 65
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

TGL/TGM/TGA

(A143) Control unit, ECAS (A . . . ) Further systems can be networked


(A144) Retarder / Intarder control (AB) Body manufacturer - electronics at CAN
(A148) Radio/cassette player connection, e.g. FMS systems
(A302) Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR2) with (A-CAN) CAN databus, body manufacturer
terminating resistor, I-CAN (simultaneously connection for FMS
(A312) Customer-specied control module with interface)
terminating resistor, A-CAN (H-CAN) CAN databus, Highline
(A330) Control unit, AS-TRONIC (on gearbox) (I-CAN) CAN databus, instrumentation
(TGA only) with terminating resistor, (M-CAN) CAN databus, engine management
T-CAN (T-CAN) CAN databus, powertrain
(A384) Control unit, rear axle steering (RAS-EC)
(A402a) Control unit, EBS, WABCO (TGL/TGM
only)
(A402b) Control unit, EBS, KNORR (TGA only)
(A403) Vehicle management computer with
terminating resistors, M-CAN and T-CAN
(A407) Instrumentation with terminating resistors,
H-CAN and I-CAN
(A408) Tachograph with terminating resistor,
I-CAN
(A435) Control unit, EDC, with terminating
resistor, M-CAN
(A479) Control, ACC (TGA)
(A574) Control unit, MMI
(A577) Telematics on-board module
(A590) Control unit, AS-TRONIC lite (on gearbox)
(TGL / TGM)
(A609) Control unit, LGS (TGA)
(A635) Truck-Gate with terminating resistor,
H-CAN

66 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

TGA (heavy-duty tractor)

(A143) Control unit, ECAS (A609) Control unit, LGS


(A266) Control unit, torque converter and clutch (A688) Auxiliary management computer
system/retarder (A . . . ) Further systems can be networked
(A302) Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR2) with (AB) Body manufacturer - electronics at CAN
terminating resistor, I-CAN connection, e.g. FMS systems
(A312) Customer-specied control module with (A-CAN) CAN databus, body manufacturer
terminating resistor, A-CAN (simultaneously connection for FMS
(A330) Control unit, AS-TRONIC interface)
(A384) Control unit, rear axle steering (RAS-EC) (I-CAN) CAN databus, instrumentation
(A402) Control unit, EBS, KNORR (H-CAN) CAN databus, Highline
(A403) Vehicle management computer with (M-CAN) CAN databus, engine control
terminating resistors, M-CAN and T-CAN (T-CAN) CAN databus, powertrain
(A407) Instrumentation with terminating resistors,
I-CAN and H-CAN
(A408) Tachograph with terminating resistor,
I-CAN
(A409) Control unit, ECAM, with terminating
resistor, T-CAN
(A435) EDC control unit with (common rail,
Master)
(A479) Control, ACC
(A570) Control unit, EDC (common rail, Slave),
with terminating resistor, M-CAN
(A574) Control unit, MMI, with terminating
resistor, H-CAN
(A577) Telematics on-board module

T 62 5th edition 67
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

TGS/TGX

(A143) Control unit, ECAS (AB) Body manufacturer electronics at CAN


(A250) Control unit, air-conditioning system connection, e.g. FMS systems
/auxiliary air-conditioning unit (A-CAN) CAN databus, body manufacturer
(A266) Control unit, torque converter and clutch (simultaneously connection for FMS
system/retarder interface)
(A302) Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR2) with (H-CAN) CAN databus, Highline
terminating resistor, I-CAN (I-CAN) CAN databus, instrumentation
(A312) Customer-specied control module with (M-CAN) CAN databus, engine management
terminating resistor, A-CAN (T-CAN) CAN databus, powertrain
(A330) Control unit, AS-TRONIC (on gearbox) (LIN) LIN databus
with terminating resistor, T-CAN
(A384) Control unit, rear axle steering (RAS-EC)
(A402) Control unit, EBS/ESP
(A403) Vehicle management computer with
terminating resistors, M-CAN and T-CAN
(A407) Instrumentation with terminating resistor,
I-CAN
(A408) Tachograph with terminating resistor,
I-CAN
(A435) Control unit, EDC, with terminating
resistor, M-CAN
(A479) Control, ACC
(A564) Radio/CD player
(A577) Telematics on-board module
(A609) Control unit, LGS
(A626) Control unit, hydrostatic front axle drive
(A942) Steering column stalk, retarder/gearbox
(A943) Multifunctional steering wheel
(A . . . ) Further systems can be networked

68 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Buses and coaches with NES


(NES - New Electronic Structure, separate data exchange)

(A143) Control unit, ECAS (A411) Multiplex node, front, left, 2-M 1.1
(A144) Control unit, retarder (A412) Multiplex node (customer’s special
(A302) Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR2) with request) 2-M 1.2
terminating resistor, I-CAN (A413) Multiplex node, control units, 2-M 1.3
(A330) Control unit, AS-TRONIC (on gearbox) (A414) Multiplex node (customer’s special
(A360) Multiplex central computer (ZBRO) request) 2-M 1.4
(A402) Control unit, EBS, KNORR (A415) Multiplex node, ceiling, 2-M 1.5
(A403) Vehicle management computer with (A416) Multiplex node (customer’s special
terminating resistors, M-CAN and T-CAN request) 2-M 1.6
(A407) Instrumentation with terminating resistors, (A417) Multiplex node (customer’s special
I-CAN and H-CAN request) 2-M 1.7
(A408) Tachograph with terminating resistor, (A418) Multiplex node, rear, right, 2-M 1.8
I-CAN (A421) Multiplex node, front, right, 2-M 2.1
(A409) Control unit, ECAM, with terminating (A422) Multiplex node (customer’s special
resistor, T-CAN request) 2-M 2.2
(A435) Control unit, EDC, with terminating (A423) Multiplex node, middle of vehicle, 2-M 2.3
resistor, M-CAN (A424) Multiplex node, IBIS, 2-M 2.4
(A574) Control unit, MMI, with terminating (A425) Multiplex node, rear, 3 2-M 2.5
resistor, H-CAN (A426) Multiplex node (customer’s special
(A . . . ) Further systems can be networked request) 2-M 2.6

T 62 5th edition 69
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

(A427) Multiplex node, trailer, 2-M 2.7 (R198) Terminating resistor rear Basic CAN 2
(A428) Multiplex node, rear, left, 2-M 2.8 (I-CAN) CAN databus, instrumentation
(R195) Terminating resistor, front, basis CAN 1 (H-CAN) CAN databus, Highline
(R196) Terminating resistor rear Basic CAN 1 (M-CAN) CAN databus, engine control
(R197) Terminating resistor, front, basis CAN 2 (T-CAN) CAN databus, powertrain

Buses and coaches with TEPS


(TEPS – Twin Electronic Platform System, mutual data exchange)

(A143) Control unit, ECAS (A409) Control unit, ECAM, with terminating
(A144) Control unit, retarder resistor, T-CAN
(A302) Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR2) with (A435) Control unit, EDC, with terminating
terminating resistor, I-CAN resistor, M-CAN
(A330) Control unit, AS-TRONIC (on gearbox) (A574) Control unit, MMI, with terminating
(A360) Multiplex central computer (ZBRO) resistor, H-CAN
(A402) Control unit, EBS, KNORR (A . . . ) Further systems can be networked
(A403) Vehicle management computer with (A411) Multiplex node, front, left, 2-M 1.1
terminating resistors, M-CAN and T-CAN (A412) Multiplex node (customer’s special
(A407) Instrumentation with terminating resistors, request) 2-M 1.2
I-CAN and H-CAN (A413) Multiplex node, control units, 2-M 1.3
(A408) Tachograph with terminating resistor, (A414) Multiplex node (customer’s special
I-CAN request) 2-M 1.4
(A415) Multiplex node, ceiling, 2-M 1.5

70 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

(A416) Multiplex node (customer’s special


request) 2-M 1.6
(A417) Multiplex node (customer’s special
request) 2-M 1.7
(A418) Multiplex node, rear, right, 2-M 1.8
(A421) Multiplex node, front, right, 2-M 2.1
(A422) Multiplex node (customer's special
request) 2-M 2.2
(A423) Multiplex node, middle of vehicle, 2-M 2.3
(A424) Multiplex node, IBIS, 2-M 2.4
(A425) Multiplex node, rear, 3 2-M 2.5
(A426) Multiplex node (customer’s special
request) 2-M 2.6
(A427) Multiplex node, trailer, 2-M 2.7
(A428) Multiplex node, rear, left, 2-M 2.8
(R195) Terminating resistor, front, basis CAN 1
(R196) Terminating resistor, rear, basis CAN 1
(R197) Terminating resistor, front, basis CAN 2
(R198) Terminating resistor, rear, basis CAN 2
(I-CAN) CAN databus, instrumentation
(H-CAN) CAN databus, Highline
(M-CAN) CAN databus, engine control
(T-CAN) CAN databus, powertrain

T 62 5th edition 71
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

VDO Baseline Instrumentation (A407)


Design

1 Row of rocker switches (depending on version) 10 "ACKN./TRIP" button


Rev counter with multi-function display for outside
temperature, time and charge pressure.
2 11 "MMI" button
Indicator for splitter group and range-change
group (omitted in buses).
Pressure gauge, reservoir pressure,
3 Check lamp, turn indicators, left 12
brake circuit I
Multi-function display, transfer case
4 Display for symbols and text 13
/differential locks
5 Display with gear indicator for automatic gearbox 14 Panel of check lamps
6 Panel of check lamps 15 Coolant temperature gauge
7 Check lamp, turn indicators, right 16 "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
Speedometer with multi-function display for
8 17 "TIME/TEMP" button
vehicle data
Pressure gauge, reservoir pressure, brake circuit
9 18 Fuel gauge
II
19 Model plate with MAN item number and software version

72 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Panel of check lamps, VDO Baseline Instrumentation (trucks)

Check lamps

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H111
Check lamp, Lane Guard H414
1 14 Central warning light /yellow
System, passive /yellow
Red
H303 H101
2 Check lamp, airbag 15 Check lamp, ame start system
/red /yellow
H177 H107
3 Check lamp, seat belt 16 Check lamp, tractor/trailer ABS
/red /yellow
H345 H140
4 Check lamp, fuel lter heater 17 Check lamp, ASR info
/yellow /yellow
Check lamp, trailing axle, H246 H148
5 18 Check lamp, tipper
steering, fault /red /red
H158 H109
6 Check lamp, hydraulic system 19 Check lamp, oil pressure
/red /red
H382 H149
7 Check lamp, cleaning water level 20 Check lamp, cab lock
/yellow /red
Check lamp, gearbox status H179 H129
8 21 Check lamp, headlight high beam
monitoring /red /blue
H296 H374
9 Check lamp, EDC (fault) 22 Check lamp, air lter
/red /yellow
Check lamp, engine brake, H441 H151
10 23 Check lamp, ABS info in trailer
automatic /yellow /yellow

T 62 5th edition 73
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H394
H254
11 Check lamp, ECAS, fault/warning /yellow 24 Check lamp, taillift
/red
Red
H108 Check lamp, emergency off H304
12 Check lamp, general brake check 25
/red malfunction /red
H117 Check lamp, turn indicators, trailer H119
13 Check lamp, parking brake 26
/red 1 /green

Multi-function display, transfer case/differential locks (A447)

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
Check lamp, differential lock, H165 Check lamp, neutral position, H168
27 32
transverse, front axle /yellow transfer case /yellow
H398
/yellow
4X2/6X2/
Check lamp, differential lock,
Check lamp, differential lock, 8X2
28 interaxle, between 1st and 2nd —- 33
transverse, rear axle H164
front axle
/yellow
All-wheel
drive
Check lamp, differential lock, Check lamp, differential lock, H407
29 —- 34
transverse, 2nd front axle interaxle, rear axle /yellow
H167 Check lamp, differential lock, H338
30 Check lamp, off-road gear 35
/yellow transverse, 2nd rear axle /yellow
Check lamp, interaxle
H428
31 differential lock, transfer case /
/yellow
manually selectable front axle

74 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Panel of check lamps, VDO Baseline Instrumentation (buses)

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H177 H327
1 Check lamp, seat belt 14 Check lamp, starter interlock
/red /red
H382 H129
2 Check lamp, cleaning water level 15 Check lamp, headlight high beam
/yellow /blue
Gearbox status monitoring check H179 H374
3 16 Check lamp, air lter
lamp /red /yellow
H296 H426
4 Check lamp, EDC (fault) 17 Check lamp, windscreen heater
/red /yellow
H394
Check lamp, ECAS, fault H438
5 /red 18 Check lamp, power steering
/warning (bus) /yellow
yellow
Check lamp, general brake H108 Check lamp, trailing axle, steering, H246
6 19
check /red fault /red
H117 H341
7 Check lamp, parking brake 20 Check lamp, multiplex (fault)
/red /yellow
H111
H134
8 Central warning light /yellow 21 Check lamp, toilet
/red
Red
H101 Check lamp, turn indicators, trailer H119
9 Check lamp, ame start system 22
/yellow 1 /green
H107 H130
10 Check lamp, tractor/trailer ABS 23 Check lamp, roof aps
/yellow /yellow
H140 Check lamp, oil level, engine oil H324
11 Check lamp, ASR info 24
/yellow top-up /yellow
H100
Charge check lamp /red Check lamp, function indicator 3 H220
12 25
Charge check lamp, alternator 2 H138 (bus) /red
/red
H109
13 Check lamp, oil pressure
/red

T 62 5th edition 75
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Each of the check lamps above is tested after the ignition is switched on:
– Two-colour lamps: 3 seconds red, followed by 3 seconds yellow
– One-colour lamps: 6 seconds yellow or red
The check lamp goes out if no faults are detected in the system concerned or if the system concerned does
not assume an operating state which requires some form of indication.

Monitor and warning indicators

Operating states, check messages and fault messages are indicated in an area consisting of a display and
a panel of check lamps. Messages can be indicated in text or symbol form on the display above the check
lamps. The panel of check lamps can only indicate symbols. Some of these symbols can appear in two
colours (RED or YELLOW).

Warning:

TGA vehicles with Baseline instrumentation do not feature a charge check lamp (H100/red, H138/red).
Operating states or faults previously indicated by this check lamp are now indicated on the display.

76 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Connector pin assignment, VDO Baseline instrumentation

Combination connector X1 - code 1, voltage supply, tachograph CAN, instrument CAN, K-line, emergency
operation LED (warning light), wake-up input.

Combination connector X1

Pin Assignment In/Out


K-line diagnosis
X1/1 I/O
Diagnosis socket (X200)
X1/2 Input, central warning light, red (H111) I
X1/3 Ground, central warning light (H111) behind instrumentation I/ground
X1/4 Switch input (high active), not used I
X1/5 Switch input (high active), not used I
X1/6 Buzzer (wake-up) signal - central on-board computer I
CAN databus, M-TCO-CAN High
X1/7 I/O
CAN databus, tachograph, M-TCO-CAN High signal
CAN databus, I-CAN high
X1/8 I/O
CAN databus, instrumentation, I-CAN High signal
X1/9 Voltage supply terminal 58 parking lights I/voltage
X1/10 Not used I/O
X1/11 Not used I/O
X1/12 Voltage supply terminal 58 dimmed O
CAN databus, M-TCO-CAN Low
X1/13 I/O
CAN databus, tachograph, M-TCO-CAN Low signal
CAN databus, I-CAN Low
X1/14 I/O
CAN databus, instrumentation, I-CAN Low signal
X1/15 Terminal 31, ECU ground Ground
X1/16 Terminal 31, lamp ground Ground
Voltage supply terminal 30
X1/17 I/voltage
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation, terminal 30 (F412)
Voltage supply terminal 15
X1/18 I/voltage
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation, terminal 15 (F398)

T 62 5th edition 77
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Combination connector X5 - code 5, digital inputs, LED outputs

Pin Assignment In/Out


X5/1 Switch, input (high active), not used I
LED, output (Out4) max. 50mA
X5/2 O
Trucks, buses: Button, lighting learning routine (S329)
LED, output (Out3) max. 50mA
Trucks: Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve (S266), button,
X5/3 O
ECAS trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve, Nordland (S790),
Buses: Switch, RAISE / ECAS, level I / II (S162)
LED, output (Out2) max. 50mA
X5/4 Trucks: Switch, ECAS, level I / II (S472) O
Buses: Switch, LOWERING / ECAS loading / unloading (S163)
LED, output (Out1) max. 50mA
X5/5 O
Trucks, buses: Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (S267)
X5/6 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/7 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/8 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/9 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/10 Button, ACC, distance I
X5/11 Switch, input (high active), not used I
Switch, input (high active)
X5/12 I
Trucks, buses: Button, headlight cleaning system (S193)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/13 I
Trucks, buses: Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (S267)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/14 Trucks: Switch, ECAS, trailing axle / leading axle, raise / relieve (S266) I
Buses: Switch, RAISE / ECAS, level I / II (S162)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/15 Trucks: Switch, ECAS, level I / II (S472) I
Buses: Switch, LOWERING / ECAS loading / unloading (S163)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/16 I
Trucks, buses: Switch / button combination, fog lamps / rear fog lamp (S483)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/17 I
Trucks, buses: Switch / button combination, fog lamps / rear fog lamp (S483)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/18 I
Trucks, buses: Button, lighting learning routine (S329)

Combination connector X6 - code 6, digital inputs

Pin Assignment In/Out


LED, input (low active)
X6/1 Trucks: Switch in seat belt buckle, driver (S252) - check lamp, seat belt (H177), I
Buses: RES3
LED, input (low active)
Trucks: Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) - check lamp, tipper (H148)
X6/2 I
Buses: Multiplex node, front, right 2.1 (A421) - charge check lamp, alternator 2
(H138)
LED, input (low active)
X6/3 I
Trucks: Control unit, airbag (A486) - check lamp, airbag (H303)

78 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pin Assignment In/Out


LED, input (low active)
Trucks: Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF (A317)
X6/4 - check lamp, EMERGENCY OFF fault (H304) I
Buses: Multiplex, central computer, ZBRO (A360) - check lamp, fault, multiplex
(H341)
X6/5 LED, input (low active), not used I
LED, input (low active)
X6/6 Buses: Multiplex node, front, control units 1.3 (A413) - check lamp, windscreen I
heater (H426)
LED, input (low active)
X6/7 Trucks: Relay, taillift (K467) - check lamp, taillift (H254) I
Buses: Control unit, steering (A690) - check lamp, power steering (H438)
X6/8 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/9 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/10 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/11 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/12 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/13 LED, input (low active), not used I
LED, input (low active)
X6/14 Buses: Multiplex node, front, left 1.1 (A411) - check lamp, oil level, engine oil I
top-up (H324)
LED, input (low active)
X6/15 I
Buses: RES3
LED, input (low active)
X6/16 I
Buses: RES3
LED, input (low active)
X6/17 I
Buses: Multiplex node, front, right 2.1 (A421) - check lamp, toilet (H135)
LED, input (low active)
X6/18 Buses: Multiplex node, front, left 1.1 (A411) - check lamp, trailing axle / leading I
axle, steering, fault (red) (H246)

Repair instructions:

– Removing and installing the instrument


See "Removing and installing the instrument cluster" in the Repair Manual.
If existing instrumentation has to be removed and re-installed, parameterisation is not necessary.
– Fitting a new instrument
The instrument is supplied as a replacement part without parameterisation, meaning that a vehicle data le
must be requested via MAN-cats® II.
– Parameterising the instrument
Parameterisation is also required if the instrument has not been parameterised correctly.

Multi-function display, transfer case/differential locks (A447)

The purpose of the multi-function display, with the help of yellow check lamps, is to indicate
– the engaged off-road gear
– transfer case neutral and
– activated transverse/interaxle differential locks.
The voltage supply (24V) comes from the central electrical system (A100).

There are 3 different versions of the multi-function display:


– 2-axle vehicle: 1 front axle and 1 rear axle
– 3-axle vehicle: 1 front axle and 2 rear axles
– 4-axle vehicle: 2 front axles and 2 rear axles

T 62 5th edition 79
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Front view

Rear view

Technical data:

Operating voltage: 16 - 32V


Nominal voltage: 24V
Test voltage: 27.6V
Overvoltage: 36V for 1 hour at max. 40°C ambient temperature
Current consumption, min. current at a voltage of 16V Imin = 40mA (with all lights on)
2-axle vehicle: max. current at a voltage of 32V Imax = 75mA (with all lights on)
Current consumption, min. current at a voltage of 16V Imin = 100mA (with all lights on)
3-axle vehicle: max. current at a voltage of 32V Imax = 225mA (with all lights on)
Current consumption, min. current at a voltage of 16V Imin = 30mA (with all lights on)
4-axle vehicle: max. current at a voltage of 32V Imax = 75mA (with all lights on)
LED colour: yellow
Operating temperature: -40°C.....+80°C
Storage temperature: +95°C for a duration of 2 hours
Degree of protection: IP 20

80 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Connector pin assignment, based on the example of the TGA 6x6 - code 4

Pin Line no. Assignment


Off-road gear
Switch, indicator, off-road gear, transfer case (S215)
1 40138 Diode group, double, V783, V818 (V782)
Diode, off-road range-central on-board computer (V783)
- Check lamp, off-road range (H167)
2 —- Not used
Differential lock, interaxle, rear axle
3 40135 Switch, indicator, differential lock, interaxle, rear axle (S254)
- Check lamp, differential lock, interaxle, rear axle (H407)
Differential lock, transverse, front axle
4 40136 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, front axle (S277)
- Check lamp, differential lock, transverse, front axle (H165)
5 —- Not used
6 —- Not used
40553 Neutral position
Relay, neutral position (K212); continues from relay to switch, indicator, neutral
7
40148 position, transfer case (S217)
- Check lamp, neutral position, transfer case (H168)
8 —- Not used
Differential lock, transverse, rear axle
9 40134 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, rear axle (S185)
- Check lamp, transverse differential lock, rear axle (H164)
10 —- Not used
11 —- Not used
Voltage supply, terminal 58 (one-stage dimming)
12 58000
Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination (F125)
13 —- Not used
Differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear axle
14 40181 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear axle (S186)
- Check lamp, differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear axle (H338)
Differential lock, interaxle, transfer case/manually selectable front axle
Switch, indicator, differential lock, interaxle, transfer case/manually selectable
15 40184 front axle (S837)
- Check lamp, differential lock, interaxle, transfer case/manually selectable front
axle (H428)
16 —- Not used

T 62 5th edition 81
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pin Line no. Assignment


17 —- Not used
Voltage supply terminal 15
18 16000
Fuse, cab, inside, terminal 15 (F376)

82 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Digital/serial inputs and outputs, VDO Baseline instrumentation


– Direct status inputs on connectors X5 and X6:
There are a total of 34 digital status inputs available, of which 16 inputs can be directly set via the ports of
the µ-Controller concerned.

Note: Display/indicator retrots require vehicle parameterisation.

Combination connector X6 has 16 direct digital status inputs (12 low active/4 high active) available.

The following applies to the 16 direct status inputs:

Input voltage 0 - 36V


"low" detection 0 - 3V
"high" detection 20 - 36V

The "low active" status inputs are connected to terminal 15 via a pull-up resistor totalling 2.66kΩ.

The "high active" status inputs are connected to processor ground via a 2.66kΩ pull-up resistor.

Input current via connector pin: 10mA at 28V (high active)


10mA at 0V (low active)

Indirect switch inputs on combination connectors X5 and X6:

The 16 switch inputs are mapped to two 8-bit shift registers.

The resulting, serial data stream is 16 bits wide.

The following applies to the 16 indirect switch inputs:

Input voltage 0 - 36V

"low" detection 0 - 3V

"high" detection 20 - 36V

Input current via connector pin: 10mA at 28V

Direct status inputs on combination connector X1:

Combination connector X1 has 2 direct digital status inputs (both high active) available.

The following applies to both direct status inputs:

Input voltage 0 - 36V


"low" detection 0 - 2V
"high" detection 20 - 36V

Input current via connector pin: 10mA at 28V

LED outputs

Combination connector X5 has four LED outputs (signal names: Out1-Out4, max. 50mA).

T 62 5th edition 83
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

VDO Highline Instrumentation (A407)


Design

Button for conrming yellow messages,


1 Row of rocker switches (depending on version) 9
changeover button, km display
Rev counter with multi-function display for outside
2 10 Button, driver's display messages
temperature, time and charge pressure.
Pressure gauge, reservoir pressure,
3 Check lamp, turn indicators, left 11
brake circuit I
Multi-function display, transfer case
4 Display for symbols and text 12
/differential locks
5 Panel of check lamps 13 Coolant temperature gauge
Button, lighting for instrumentation,
6 Check lamp, turn indicators, right 14 driver's display and heating controls
("Brightness / DIMMER")
Speedometer with multi-function display for Button, time, outside temperature and
7 15
vehicle data time / offset reset ("TIME/TEMP")
Pressure gauge, reservoir pressure, brake circuit
8 16 Fuel gauge
II
17 Model plate with MAN item number and software version

84 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Panel of check lamps, VDO Highline Instrumentation (trucks)

Check lamps

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H394
Check lamp, ECAS, fault H149
1 /yellow 10 Check lamp, cab lock
/warning /red
Red
Check lamp, general brake H108 H129
2 11 Check lamp, headlight high beam
check /red /blue
H117 H374
3 Check lamp, parking brake 12 Check lamp, air lter
/red /yellow
H111
H151
4 Central 
warning light /yellow 13 Check lamp, ASR info., trailer
/yellow
Red
H101 Check, torque converter and clutch H160
5 Check lamp, ame start system 14
/yellow system /yellow
H107 H254
6 Check lamp, tractor/trailer ABS 15 Check lamp, taillift
/yellow /red
H140 Check lamp, emergency off H304
7 Check lamp, ASR info 16
/yellow malfunction /red
H148 H119
8 Check lamp, tipper 17 Check lamp, turn indicators, trailer 1
/red /green
H109 H264
9 Check lamp, oil pressure 18 Check lamp, tyre monitor
/red /yellow

Multi-function display, transfer case/differential locks (A447)

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
Check lamp, differential lock, H165 Check lamp, neutral position, H168
19 24
transverse, front axle /yellow transfer case /yellow

T 62 5th edition 85
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H398
/yellow
4X2/6X2
Check lamp, differential lock, /
Check lamp, differential lock,
20 interaxle, between 1st and 2nd —- 25 8X2
transverse, rear axle
front axle H164
/yellow
All-wheel
drive
Check lamp, differential lock, Check lamp, differential lock, H407
21 —- 26
transverse, 2nd front axle interaxle, rear axle /yellow
H167 Check lamp, differential lock, H338
22 Check lamp, off-road gear 27
/yellow transverse, 2nd rear axle /yellow
Check lamp, interaxle differential
H428
23 lock, transfer case / manually
/yellow
selectable front axle

86 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Panel of check lamps, VDO Highline Instrumentation (buses)

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H394
Check lamp, ECAS, fault H374
1 /red 12 Check lamp, air lter
/warning (BUS) /yellow
yellow
Check lamp, general brake H108 H426
2 13 Check lamp, windscreen heater
check /red /yellow
H438
3 Check lamp, parking brake H117/red 14 Check lamp, power steering
/yellow
H111/red Check lamp, trailing axle, steering, H246
4 Central 
warning light 15
yellow fault /red
H101 H341
5 Check lamp, ame start system 16 Check lamp, multiplex (fault)
/yellow /yellow
H107 H134
6 Check lamp, tractor/trailer ABS 17 Check lamp, toilet
/yellow /red
H140 H119
7 Check lamp, ASR info 18 Check lamp, turn indicators, trailer 1
/yellow /green
H100
Charge check lamp /red H130
8 19 Check lamp, roof aps
Charge check lamp, alternator 2 H138 /yellow
/red
H109 Check lamp, oil level, engine oil H324
9 Check lamp, oil pressure 20
/red top-up /yellow
H327 Check lamp, function indicator 3 H220
10 Check lamp, starter interlock 21
/red (bus) /red
Check lamp, headlight high H129
11
beam /blue

Each of the check lamps above is tested after the ignition is switched on:
– Two-colour lamps: 3 seconds red, followed by 3 seconds yellow
– One-colour lamps: 6 seconds yellow or red
The check lamp goes out if no faults are detected in the system concerned or if the system concerned does
not assume an operating state which requires some form of indication.

T 62 5th edition 87
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Connector pin assignment, VDO Highline instrumentation

Combination connector X1 - code 1, voltage supply, tachograph CAN, instrument CAN, Highline CAN,
K-line, emergency operation LED (warning light), wake-up input.

Pin Assignment In/Out


K-line diagnosis
X1/1 I/O
Diagnosis socket (X200)
X1/2 Input, central warning light, red (H111) I
X1/3 Ground, central warning light (H111) behind instrumentation I/ground
X1/4 Switch input (high active), not used I
X1/5 Switch input (high active), not used I
X1/6 Buzzer (wake-up) signal - central on-board computer I
CAN databus, M-TCO-CAN High
X1/7 I/O
CAN databus, tachograph, M-TCO-CAN High signal
CAN databus, I-CAN high
X1/8 I/O
CAN databus, instrumentation, I-CAN High signal
X1/9 Voltage supply terminal 58 parking lights I/voltage
CAN databus, H-CAN Low
X1/10 I/O
CAN databus, Highline, H-CAN, Low signal (Highline instrumentation)
CAN databus, H-CAN High
X1/11 I/O
CAN databus, Highline, H-CAN, High signal (Highline instrumentation)
X1/12 Voltage supply terminal 58 dimmed O
CAN databus, M-TCO-CAN Low
X1/13 I/O
CAN databus, tachograph, M-TCO-CAN Low signal
CAN databus, I-CAN Low
X1/14 I/O
CAN databus, instrumentation, I-CAN Low signal
X1/15 Terminal 31, ECU ground Ground
X1/16 Terminal 31, lamp ground Ground

88 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pin Assignment In/Out


Voltage supply terminal 30
X1/17 I/voltage
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation, terminal 30 (F412)
Voltage supply terminal 15
X1/18 I/voltage
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation, terminal 15 (F398)

Combination connector X5 - code 5, digital inputs, LED outputs

Pin Assignment In/Out


X5/1 Switch, input (high active), not used I
LED, output (Out4) max. 50mA
X5/2 O
Trucks, buses: Button, lighting learning routine (S329)
LED, output (Out3) max. 50mA
Trucks: Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve (S266), button,
X5/3 O
ECAS trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve, Nordland (S790),
Buses: Switch, RAISE / ECAS, level I / II (S162)
LED, output (Out2) max. 50mA
X5/4 Trucks: Switch, ECAS, level I / II (S472) O
Buses: Switch, LOWERING / ECAS loading / unloading (S163)
LED, output (Out1) max. 50mA
X5/5 O
Trucks, buses: Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (S267)
X5/6 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/7 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/8 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/9 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/10 Button, ACC, distance I
X5/11 Switch, input (high active), not used I
Switch, input (high active)
X5/12 I
Trucks, buses: Button, headlight cleaning system (S193)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/13 I
Trucks, buses: Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (S267)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/14 Trucks: Switch, ECAS, trailing axle / leading axle, raise / relieve (S266) I
Buses: Switch, RAISE / ECAS, level I / II (S162)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/15 Trucks: Switch, ECAS, level I / II (S472) I
Buses: Switch, LOWERING / ECAS loading / unloading (S163)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/16 I
Trucks, buses: Switch / button combination, fog lamps / rear fog lamp (S483)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/17 I
Trucks, buses: Switch / button combination, fog lamps / rear fog lamp (S483)
Switch, input (high active)
X5/18 I
Trucks, buses: Button, lighting learning routine (S329)

Combination connector X6 - code 6, digital inputs

Pin Assignment In/Out


LED, input (low active)
X6/1 Trucks: Switch in seat belt buckle, driver (S252) - check lamp, seat belt (H177), I
Buses: RES3

T 62 5th edition 89
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pin Assignment In/Out


LED, input (low active)
Trucks: Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) - check lamp, tipper (H148)
X6/2 I
Buses: Multiplex node, front, right 2.1 (A421) - charge check lamp, alternator 2
(H138)
LED, input (low active)
X6/3 I
Trucks: Control unit, airbag (A486) - check lamp, airbag (H303)
LED, input (low active)
Trucks: Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF (A317)
X6/4 - check lamp, EMERGENCY OFF fault (H304) I
Buses: Multiplex, central computer, ZBRO (A360) - check lamp, fault, multiplex
(H341)
X6/5 LED, input (low active), not used I
LED, input (low active)
X6/6 Buses: Multiplex node, front, control units 1.3 (A413) - check lamp, windscreen I
heater (H426)
LED, input (low active)
X6/7 Trucks: Relay, taillift (K467) - check lamp, taillift (H254) I
Buses: Control unit, steering (A690) - check lamp, power steering (H438)
X6/8 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/9 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/10 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/11 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/12 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/13 LED, input (low active), not used I
LED, input (low active)
X6/14 Buses: Multiplex node, front, left 1.1 (A411) - check lamp, oil level, engine oil I
top-up (H324)
LED, input (low active)
X6/15 I
Buses: RES3
LED, input (low active)
X6/16 I
Buses: RES3
LED, input (low active)
X6/17 I
Buses: Multiplex node, front, right 2.1 (A421) - check lamp, toilet (H135)
LED, input (low active)
X6/18 Buses: Multiplex node, front, left 1.1 (A411) - check lamp, trailing axle / leading I
axle, steering, fault (red) (H246)

Repair instructions:

– Removing and installing the instrument


See "Removing and installing the instrument cluster" in the Repair Manual.
If existing instrumentation has to be removed and re-installed, parameterisation is not necessary.
– Fitting a new instrument
The instrument is supplied as a replacement part without parameterisation, meaning that a vehicle data le
must be requested via MAN-cats® II.
– Parameterising the instrument
Parameterisation is also required if the instrument has not been parameterised correctly.

Multi-function display, transfer case/differential locks (A447)

The purpose of the multi-function display, with the help of yellow check lamps, is to indicate
– the engaged off-road gear
– transfer case neutral and

90 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– activated transverse/interaxle differential locks.


The voltage supply (24V) comes from the central electrical system (A100).

There are 3 different versions of the multi-function display:


– 2-axle vehicle: 1 front axle and 1 rear axle
– 3-axle vehicle: 1 front axle and 2 rear axles
– 4-axle vehicle: 2 front axles and 2 rear axles

Front view

Rear view

Technical data:

Operating voltage: 16 - 32V


Nominal voltage: 24V
Test voltage: 27.6V
Overvoltage: 36V for 1 hour at max. 40°C ambient temperature
Current consumption, min. current at a voltage of 16V Imin = 40mA (with all lights on)

2-axle vehicle: max. current at a voltage of 32V Imax = 75mA (with all lights on)
Current consumption, min. current at a voltage of 16V Imin = 100mA (with all lights on)

3-axle vehicle: max. current at a voltage of 32V Imax = 225mA (with all lights on)
Current consumption, min. current at a voltage of 16V Imin = 30mA (with all lights on)

4-axle vehicle: max. current at a voltage of 32V Imax = 75mA (with all lights on)
LED colour: yellow
Operating temperature: -40°C.....+80°C

T 62 5th edition 91
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Storage temperature: +95°C for a duration of 2 hours


Degree of protection: IP 20

Connector pin assignment, based on the example of the TGA 6x6 - code 4

Pin Line no. Assignment


Off-road gear
Switch, indicator, off-road gear, transfer case (S215)
1 40138 Diode group, double, V783, V818 (V782)
Diode, off-road range-central on-board computer (V783)
- Check lamp, off-road range (H167)
2 —- Not used
Differential lock, interaxle, rear axle
3 40135 Switch, indicator, differential lock, interaxle, rear axle (S254)
- Check lamp, differential lock, interaxle, rear axle (H407)
Differential lock, transverse, front axle
4 40136 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, front axle (S277)
- Check lamp, differential lock, transverse, front axle (H165)
5 —- Not used
6 —- Not used
40553 Neutral position
Relay, neutral position (K212); continues from relay to switch, indicator, neutral
7
40148 position, transfer case (S217)
- Check lamp, neutral position, transfer case (H168)
8 —- Not used
Differential lock, transverse, rear axle
9 40134 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, rear axle (S185)
- Check lamp, transverse differential lock, rear axle (H164)
10 —- Not used
11 —- Not used
Voltage supply, terminal 58 (one-stage dimming)

12 58000
Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination (F125)
13 —- Not used
Differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear axle
14 40181 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear axle (S186)
- Check lamp, differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear axle (H338)

92 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pin Line no. Assignment


Differential lock, interaxle, transfer case/manually selectable front axle
Switch, indicator, differential lock, interaxle, transfer case/manually selectable front
15 40184 axle (S837)
- Check lamp, differential lock, interaxle, transfer case/manually selectable front axle
(H428)
16 —- Not used
17 —- Not used
Voltage supply terminal 15
18 16000
Fuse, cab, inside, terminal 15 (F376)

T 62 5th edition 93
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Digital/serial inputs and outputs, VDO Highline instrumentation


– Direct status inputs on combination connectors X5 and X6:
There are a total of 34 digital status inputs available, of which 16 inputs can be directly set via the ports of
the µ-Controller concerned.

Note: Display/indicator retrots require vehicle parameterisation.

Combination connector X6 has 16 direct digital status inputs (12 low active/4 high active) available.

The following applies to the 16 direct status inputs:

Input voltage 0 - 36V


"low" detection 0 - 3V
"high" detection 20 - 36V

The "low active" status inputs are connected to terminal 15 via a pull-up resistor totalling 2.66kΩ.

The "high active" status inputs are connected to processor ground via a 2.66kΩ pull-up resistor.

Input current via connector pin: 10mA at 28V (high active)


10mA at 0V (low active)

Indirect switch inputs on combination connectors X5 and X6:

The 16 switch inputs are mapped to two 8-bit shift registers.

The resulting, serial data stream is 16 bits wide.

The following applies to the 16 indirect switch inputs:

Input voltage 0 - 36V


"low" detection 0 - 3V
"high" detection 20 - 36V

Input current via connector pin: 10mA at 28V

Direct status inputs on combination connector X1:

Combination connector X1 has 2 direct digital status inputs (both high active) available.

The following applies to both direct status inputs:

Input voltage 0 - 36V


"low" detection 0 - 2V
"high" detection 20 - 36V

Input current via connector pin: 10mA at 28V

LED outputs

Combination connector X5 has four LED outputs (signal names: Out1-Out4, max. 50mA).

94 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline Low (BL-L), Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL) instrumentation (A407)

Design, Baseline Low (BL-L)

1 Row of rocker switches (depending on version) 8 Coolant temperature gauge


Rev counter with economy indicator and check
2 9 "ACKN./TRIP" button
lamp for headlight low beam
3 Check lamp, turn indicators, left 10 "MMI" button
Multi-function display, transfer case
4 Display for symbols and text 11
/differential locks
5 Panels of check lamps 12 "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
"BRAKE PRESSURE / FUEL LEVEL"
6 Check lamp, turn indicators, right 13
button
Speedometer with multi-function display for
Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit
7 vehicle data and check lamp for exhaust gas 14
I / brake circuit II / fuel gauge
check
Model plate with MAN item number and software version on the rear of the instrumentation

T 62 5th edition 95
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Design, Baseline (BL)

1 Row of rocker switches (depending on version) 10 "MMI" button


Rev counter with multi-function display for outside
temperature, time, instrument lighting and charge Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit
2 11
pressure. Economy indicator and check lamp for I
headlight low beam
Multi-function display, transfer case
3 Check lamp, turn indicators, left 12
/differential locks
4 Display for symbols and text 13 Coolant temperature gauge
5 Panels of check lamps 14 "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
6 Check lamp, turn indicators, right 15 "TIME/TEMP" button
Speedometer with multi-function display for
7 vehicle data and check lamp for exhaust gas 16 Fuel gauge
check
8 Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit II 17 AdBlue reducing agent gauge
Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit
9 "ACKN./TRIP" button 18
I and II
Model plate with MAN item number and software version on the rear of the instrumentation

96 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Design, Highline (HL)

1 Row of rocker switches (depending on version) 10 "Driver's display message" button


Rev counter with multi-function display for outside
temperature, time, instrument lighting and charge Reservoir pressure gauge, brake
2 11
pressure. Economy indicator and check lamp for circuit I
headlight low beam
Multi-function display, transfer case
3 Check lamp, turn indicators, left 12
/differential locks
4 Large display for symbols and text 13 Coolant temperature gauge
5 panel of check lamps 14 "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
6 Check lamp, turn indicators, right 15 "TIME/TEMP" button
Speedometer with multi-function display for
7 vehicle data and check lamp for exhaust gas 16 Fuel gauge
check
8 Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit II 17 AdBlue reducing agent gauge
Reservoir pressure gauge, brake
9 "ACKN./TRIP" button 18
circuit I and II
Model plate with MAN item number and software version on the rear of the instrumentation

T 62 5th edition 97
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL) instrumentation, software version R22


Bonding of the real glass pane can damage the anti-reection coating irreparably.

The panel of check lamps is the same for the Baseline and Highline versions with software version R22, i.e.
there is no longer a large display for the Highline version.

Rev counter with multi-function display for outside


temperature with black ice warning and total
Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit
1 mileage indicator. Economy indicator and check 10
I
lamps for headlight low beam, fog lamps and rear
fog lamp
Multi-function display, transfer case
2 Check lamp, turn indicators, left 11
/differential locks
3 Display for symbols and text 12 Coolant temperature gauge
4 Panel of check lamps 13 "INSTRUMENT LIGHTING" button
5 Check lamp, turn indicators, right 14 "LANGUAGE SELECTION" button
Speedometer with multi-function display for trip
6 mileage and time and check lamps for fuel level, 15 Fuel gauge
exhaust gas check and charge check
7 Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit II 16 AdBlue reducing agent gauge
Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit
8 "ACKN./TRIP" button 17
I and II

98 T 62 5th edition
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

9 "Driver's display message" button


Model plate with MAN item number and software version on the rear of the instrumentation

T 62 5th edition 99
DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL) instrumentation, software version R24


The panel of check lamps is the same for the Baseline and Highline versions with software version R24, i.e.
there is no longer a large display for the Highline version.

Bonding of the real glass pane can damage the anti-reection coating irreparably.

Rev counter with multi-function display for outside


temperature with black ice warning and total
Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit
1 mileage indicator. Economy indicator and check 10
I
lamps for headlight low beam, fog lamps and rear
fog lamp
Multi-function display, transfer case
2 Check lamp, turn indicators, left 11
/differential locks
3 Display for symbols and text 12 Coolant temperature gauge
4 Panel of check lamps 13 "INSTRUMENT LIGHTING" button
5 Check lamp, turn indicators, right 14 "LANGUAGE SELECTION" button
Speedometer with multi-function display for trip
6 mileage and time and check lamps for fuel level, 15 Fuel gauge
exhaust gas check and charge check
7 Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit II 16 AdBlue reducing agent gauge
Reservoir pressure gauge, brake circuit
8 "ACKN./TRIP" button 17
I and II
9 "Driver's display message" button
Model plate with MAN item number and software version on the rear of the instrumentation

100 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Panels of check lamps

Stoneridge Baseline Low (BL-L), Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL)


Check lamps 1-10 for BL-L and BL only

Check lamps

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
Check lamp, Lane Guard H414 H101
1 15 Check lamp, ame start system
System, passive /yellow /yellow
H303 H107
2 Check lamp, airbag 16 Check lamp, tractor/trailer ABS
/red /yellow
H415
H177 Check lamp, directional stability or /yellow
3 Check lamp, seat belt 17
/red check lamp, ASR info H140
/yellow

T 62 5th edition 101


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H345 Check lamp, tipper or check lamp, H148/red
4 Check lamp, fuel lter heater 18
/yellow taillift H254/red
Check lamp, trailing axle, H246
5 19 Check lamp, oil pressure H109/red
steering, fault /red
H158
6 Check lamp, hydraulic system 20 Check lamp, cab lock H149/red
/red
H382 H129
7 Check lamp, cleaning water level 21 Check lamp, headlight high beam
/yellow /blue
Check lamp, gearbox, H179 H374
8 22 Check lamp, air lter
malfunction /red /yellow
H296 H151
9 Check lamp, EDC (fault) 23 Check lamp, ABS info in trailer
/red /yellow
Check lamp, engine brake, H441 Check, torque converter and clutch H160
10 24
automatic /yellow system /yellow
H394
Check lamp, ECAS, fault Check lamp, emergency off
11 /yellow 25 H304/red
/warning malfunction
Red
Check lamp, general brake H108 Check lamp, turn indicators, trailer H119
12 26
check /red 1 /green
H117 H264
13 Check lamp, parking brake 27 Check lamp, tyre monitor
/red /yellow
H111
H358
14 Central warning light /yellow 28 Digital EU monitoring device
/yellow
Red

Multi-function display, transfer case/differential locks (A447)

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
Check lamp, differential lock, H165 Check lamp, differential lock,
29 34 —-
transverse, front axle /yellow transverse, 2nd front axle
Check lamp, differential lock,
Check lamp, neutral position, H168
30 interaxle, between 1st and 2nd —- 35
transfer case /yellow
front axle
H167 Check lamp, differential lock, H407
31 Check lamp, off-road gear 36
/yellow interaxle, rear axle /yellow
Check lamp, interaxle differential
H428 Check lamp, differential lock, H338
32 lock, transfer case / manually 37
/yellow transverse, 2nd rear axle /yellow
selectable front axle
H398
/yellow
4X2/6X2/
Check lamp, differential lock, 8X2
33
transverse, rear axle H164
/yellow
All-wheel
drive

102 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL), software version R22

Check lamps

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
Check lamp, Lane Guard H414 H101
1 16 Check lamp, ame start system
System, passive /yellow /yellow
H177 H107
2 Check lamp, seat belt 17 Check lamp, tractor/trailer ABS
/red /yellow
H415
H345 Check lamp, directional stability or /yellow
3 Check lamp, fuel lter heater 18
/yellow check lamp, ASR info H140
/yellow
Check lamp, trailing axle, H246 Check lamp, tipper or check lamp, H148/red
4 19
steering, fault /red taillift H254/red

T 62 5th edition 103


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H158
5 Check lamp, hydraulic system 20 Check lamp, oil pressure H109/red
/red
Check lamp, cleaning water H382
6 21 Check lamp, cab lock H149/red
level /yellow
Check lamp, starting-traction H557 H129
7 22 Check lamp, headlight high beam
control, Scandinavia /yellow /blue
Check lamp, gearbox, H179 H374
8 23 Check lamp, air lter
malfunction /red /yellow
H296 H151
9 Check lamp, EDC (fault) 24 Check lamp, ABS info in trailer
/red /yellow
Check lamp, differential lock, H398 Check, torque converter and clutch H160
10 25
transverse, rear axle /yellow system /yellow
Check lamp, differential lock, H407 Check lamp, emergency off
11 26 H304/red
interaxle, rear axle /yellow malfunction
H394
Check lamp, ECAS, fault Check lamp, turn indicators, trailer H119
12 /yellow 27
/warning 1 /green
Red
Check lamp, general brake H108 H264
13 28 Check lamp, tyre monitor
check /red /yellow
H117 H358
14 Check lamp, parking brake 29 Digital EU monitoring device
/red /yellow
H111
15 Central warning light /yellow
Red

104 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL), software version R24

Check lamps

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
Check lamp, Lane Guard H414 H101
1 16 Check lamp, ame start system
System, passive /yellow /yellow
H177 H107
2 Check lamp, seat belt 17 Check lamp, ABS tractor/trailer
/red /yellow
H415
H345 Check lamp, directional stability or /yellow
3 Check lamp, fuel lter heater 18
/yellow check lamp, ASR info H140
/yellow
Check lamp, trailing axle, H246 Check lamp, tipper or check lamp, H148/red
4 19
steering, fault /red taillift H254/red

T 62 5th edition 105


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check Check
Item Name Item Name
lamps lamps
H158
5 Check lamp, hydraulic system 20 Check lamp, oil pressure H109/red
/red
Check lamp, cleaning water H382
6 21 Check lamp, cab lock H149/red
level /yellow
Check lamp, starting-traction H557 H129
7 22 Check lamp, headlight high beam
control, Scandinavia /yellow /blue
Check lamp, gearbox, H179 H374
8 23 Check lamp, air lter
malfunction /red /yellow
H296 H151
9 Check lamp, EDC (fault) 24 Check lamp, trailer ABS info
/red /yellow
Check lamp, differential lock, H398 Check, torque converter and clutch H160
10 25
transverse, rear axle /yellow system /yellow
Check lamp, differential lock, H407
11 26 Check lamp, emergency off fault H304/red
interaxle, rear axle /yellow
H394
Check lamp, ECAS, fault Check lamp, turn indicators, trailer H119
12 /yellow 27
/warning 1 /green
red
Check lamp, general brake H108 H577
13 28 Check lamp, trailer ESP
check /red /yellow
H117 H264
14 Check lamp, parking brake 29 Check lamp, tyre monitor
/red /yellow
H111
H358
15 Central warning light /yellow 30 Digital EU monitoring device
/yellow
red

106 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Multi-function display, transfer case/differential locks (A447)

The purpose of the multi-function display, with the help of yellow check lamps, is to indicate
– the engaged off-road gear
– transfer case neutral and
– activated transverse / interaxle differential locks in the case of all-wheel-drive vehicles.
The voltage supply (24V) comes from the central electrical system (A100).

There are 3 different versions of the multi-function display:


– 2-axle vehicle: 1 front axle and 1 rear axle
– 3-axle vehicle: 1 front axle and 2 rear axles
– 4-axle vehicle: 2 front axles and 2 rear axles

Front view

Rear view

Technical data:

Operating voltage: 16 - 32V


Overvoltage: 36V for 1 hour at max. 40°C ambient temperature
Test voltage: 27.6V
Nominal voltage: 24V
min. current at a voltage of
40mA (with all lights on)
16V:
max. current at a voltage of
75mA (with all lights on)
32V:
LEDs: LYT 676
LED colour: yellow

T 62 5th edition 107


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Luminous intensity: 112-280mcd


Operating temperature: -40°C.....+80°C
Storage temperature: +95°C for a duration of 2 hours
Degree of protection: IP 20 (IEC 529)

Connector pin assignment on a 4x4 vehicle - Code 4

Pin Line no. Assignment


1-8 —- Not used
Differential lock, transverse, rear axle
9 40134 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, rear axle (S185)
- Check lamp, differential lock, transverse, rear axle (H398)
10-11 —- Free
Voltage supply, terminal 58 (one-stage dimming)
12 58000
Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 58000 (X2542)
13-17 —- Free
Voltage supply terminal 15
18 16000
Crimped connector, line 16000 (X1639)

108 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Connector pin assignment

Stoneridge Baseline Low (BL-L), Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL)


Combination connector X1 - code 1, voltage supply, tachograph_CAN, instrument_CAN, K-line, emergency
operation LED (warning light), wake-up input.

Pin Assignment In/Out


K-line diagnosis
X1/1 I/O
Diagnosis socket (X200)
X1/2 Input, central warning light, red (H111) I
X1/3 Ground, central warning light (H111) behind instrumentation I
X1/4 Wake-up signal I
X1/5 Check lamp, exhaust gas lter I
X1/6 Buzzer signal - central on-board computer I
X1/7 I-CAN databus, tachograph, M-TCO High signal I/O
X1/8 I-CAN databus, instrumentation, High signal I/O
X1/9 Voltage supply terminal 58 parking lights I
X1/10 Highline-CAN, Low (Highline instrumentation only) I/O
X1/11 Highline-CAN, High (Highline instrumentation only) I/O
X1/12 Voltage supply terminal 58 dimmed O
X1/13 I-CAN databus, tachograph, M-TCO Low signal I/O
X1/14 I-CAN databus, instrumentation, Low signal I/O
X1/15 LIN databus I/O
X1/16 Terminal 31, lamp, ground, tachograph I
Voltage supply terminal 30
X1/17 I
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation, terminal 30 (F412)
X1/18 Voltage supply, terminal 15, tachograph I

T 62 5th edition 109


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Combination connector X5 - code 5, digital inputs, LED outputs

Pin Assignment In/Out


X5/1 Snowplough and gritter lights I
X5/2 Button, lighting learning routine O
X5/3 Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading steering axle, raise/relieve O
X5/4 Switch, ECAS, level I and II O
X5/5 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control O
X5/6 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/7 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/8 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/9 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/10 Button, ACC, distance I
X5/11 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/12 Button, headlight cleaning system I
X5/13 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (trailing axle/leading steering axle) I
X5/14 Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading steering axle, raise/relieve I
X5/15 Switch, ECAS, level I and II I
X5/16 Button, rear fog lamp I
X5/17 Switch, fog lamps I
X5/18 Button, lighting learning routine I

Combination connector X6 - code 6, digital inputs

Pin Assignment In/Out


X6/1 Switch in seat belt buckle, driver - check lamp, seat belt I
X6/2 Switch, indicator, tipper - check lamp, tipper I
X6/3 Control unit, airbag - check lamp, airbag I
Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF - check lamp,
X6/4 I
EMERGENCY OFF fault
X6/5 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/6 Hydraulic system I
X6/7 Relay, taillift - check lamp, taillift I
X6/8 Trailing axle, steering, fault I
X6/9 Fuel lter heater I
X6/10 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/11 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/12 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/13 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/14 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/15 LED, input (high active), not used I
X6/16 LED, input (high active), not used I
X6/17 LED, input (high active), not used I
X6/18 LED, input (high active), not used I

110 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Repair instructions:

– Removing and installing the instrument


See "Removing and installing the instrument cluster" in the Repair Manual.
If existing instrumentation has to be removed and re-installed, parameterisation is not necessary.
– Fitting a new instrument
The instrument is supplied as a replacement part without parameterisation, meaning that a vehicle data le
must be requested via MAN-cats® II.
– Parameterising the instrument
Parameterisation is also required if the instrument has not been parameterised correctly.

Stoneridge Baseline (BL) and Highline (HL), software version R22 and R24
Combination connector X1 - code 1, voltage supply, tachograph CAN, instrument CAN, K-line, emergency
operation LED (warning light), wake-up input.

Pin Assignment In/Out


Diagnosis, K-line
X1/1 I/O
Diagnosis socket (X200)
X1/2 Input, central warning light, red (H111) I
X1/3 Ground, central warning light (H111) behind instrumentation I
X1/4 Wake-up signal I
X1/5 Check lamp, exhaust gas lter I
X1/6 Buzzer signal - central on-board computer I
X1/7 I-CAN databus, tachograph, M-TCO High signal I/O
X1/8 I-CAN databus, instrumentation, High signal I/O
X1/9 Voltage supply, terminal 58, parking lights I
X1/10 Highline-CAN, Low (Highline instrumentation only) I/O
X1/11 Highline-CAN, High (Highline instrumentation only) I/O
X1/12 Voltage supply, terminal 58, dimmed O
X1/13 I-CAN databus, tachograph, M-TCO Low signal I/O
X1/14 I-CAN databus, instrumentation, Low signal I/O
X1/15 LIN databus I/O
X1/16 Terminal 31, lamps, ground, tachograph I
Voltage supply, terminal 30
X1/17 I
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation, terminal 30 (F412)
X1/18 Voltage supply, terminal 15, tachograph I

Combination connector X5 - code 5, digital inputs, LED outputs

Pin Assignment In/Out


X5/1 Snowplough and gritter lights I
X5/2 Button, lighting learning routine O
X5/3 Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading steering axle, raise/relieve O
X5/4 Switch, ECAS, level I and II O
X5/5 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control O
X5/6 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/7 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/8 Switch, input (high active), not used I
X5/9 Switch, input (high active), not used I

T 62 5th edition 111


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pin Assignment In/Out


X5/10 Button, ACC, distance I
X5/11 Button, starting-traction control, Nordland, ECAS I
X5/12 Button, headlight cleaning system I
X5/13 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (trailing axle/leading steering axle) I
X5/14 Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading steering axle, raise/relieve I
X5/15 Switch, ECAS, level I and II I
X5/16 Button, rear fog lamp I
X5/17 Switch, fog lamps I
X5/18 Button, lighting learning routine I

Combination connector X6 - code 6, digital inputs

Pin Assignment In/Out


X6/1 Switch in seat belt buckle, driver - check lamp, seat belt I
X6/2 Switch, indicator, tipper - check lamp, tipper I
X6/3 LED, input (low active), not used I
Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF - check lamp,
X6/4 I
EMERGENCY OFF fault
X6/5 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/6 Hydraulic system I
X6/7 Relay, taillift - check lamp, taillift I
X6/8 Trailing axle, steering, fault I
X6/9 Fuel lter heater I
X6/10 Switch, transverse locks - check lamp, transverse lock, rear axle I
X6/11 Switch, interaxle lock - check lamp, interaxle lock, rear axle I
X6/12 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/13 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/14 LED, input (low active), not used I
X6/15 LED, input (high active), not used I
X6/16 LED, input (high active), not used I
X6/17 LED, input (high active), not used I
X6/18 LED, input (high active), not used I

Repair instructions:

– Removing and installing the instrument


See "Removing and installing the instrument cluster" in the Repair Manual.
If existing instrumentation has to be removed and re-installed, parameterisation is not necessary.
– Fitting a new instrument
The instrument is supplied as a replacement part without parameterisation, meaning that a vehicle data le
must be requested via MAN-cats® II.
– Parameterising the instrument
Parameterisation is also required if the instrument has not been parameterised correctly.

Instrumentation cleaning and care

Only use a soft cotton cloth or window (chamois) leather to clean the glass front of the instrument panel. If
necessary, use an aqueous, neutral and weak alkaline glass cleaner without abrasive additives. Never use:

112 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Alkaline cleaning detergents, e.g. curd soap, certain textile detergents


– Caustic solutions, e.g. toilet cleaner
– Acids, e.g. hydrochloric acid, vinegar, lemon
– Descalers, e.g. citric acid
– Degreasers, e.g. acetone, methylene chloride, trichlorethylene, benzine
– Cleaners with high ammonia content, e.g. toilet cleaner
– Cleaners containing chlorine or hypochlorides, e.g. Domestos, Chavel water
– Solvents, e.g. ethanol, isopropanol, alcohols, acetone, trichloraethylene, benzene, hexane, benzine
– Coarse cleaners, e.g. scourers, steel wool, scouring sponges, blades, fabrics with woven-in metal threads,
hard cloths or paper bags

T 62 5th edition 113


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

MMI control unit (A574)


This control unit is used in vehicles with Highline instrumentation. There are 7 buttons, one of which has no
function, and one rotary/pressure switch.

The buttons can be used to call up the vehicle menu, radio menu, telephone menu and navigation menu,
for example. The rotary/pressure switch is used for selecting menu items. The selected menu items are
indicated on the Highline instrumentation display.

The voltage supply (24V) comes from the central electrical system (A100). The control unit communicates
with the Highline instrumentation (A407), radio/cassette player (A148) and navigation system (Truckgate)
(A635) via the Highline CAN databus (H-CAN).

Refer to the Operator's Manual for details of how to use the MMI control unit (A574).

Front view

Rear view

Technical data:

Operating voltage: 16 - 32V


Nominal voltage: 24V
Test voltage: 27.6V ±0.4V
Overvoltage: 36V for 1 hour at max. 40°C ambient temperature
min. current at a voltage of 16V Imin = 25mA (typical)
Current consumption:
max. current at a voltage of 32V Imax = 41.5mA (typical)
Operating temperature: -30°C.....+80°C

114 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Storage temperature: -40°C.....+85°C


In installed state with connector connected
Degree of protection:
Front: IP54 / Rear: IP20

Connector pin assignment

Pin Line no. Assignment


Voltage supply terminal 30
1 30009
Fuse, instrumentation, tachograph, terminal 30 (F412)
Ground
2 31000 Trucks: Earthing point, cab behind instrument panel (X1642)
Buses: Distributor, line 31000 (X617)
Voltage supply terminal 15
3 16000
Fuse, instrumentation, tachograph, terminal 15 (F398)
CAN databus, Highline, Low signal: H-CAN L
4 white/red
Instrumentation (A407 pin X1/10)
5 —- Not used
CAN databus, Highline, High signal: H-CAN H
6 red
Instrumentation (A407 pin X1/11)
7 —- Not used
Terminal 58d dimmed
8 58000
Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination (F125)

Important: Do not touch connector pins!

Repair instructions:

– Removing and installing the MMI control unit (A574)


See "Removing and installing the dash panelling with controls in the driver's area" in the Repair Manual.
– Fitting a new MMI control unit (A574)
See "Removing and installing the dash panelling with controls in the driver's area" in the Repair Manual.

T 62 5th edition 115


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Multifunctional steering wheel (A943)


The multifunctional steering wheel A943 replaces the MMI control unit A574 and is installed in the Baseline
and Highline versions.

(1-5) Cruise control/road speed limiter (6-10) Menu operation

Buttons 6-10 can be used to call up and operate the different menus which are called: Vehicle menu, Audio
and Telephone. Buttons (1-5) are used for the cruise control and road speed limiter.

See the Operator's Manual for instructions on how to use the multifunctional steering wheel A943.

Technical data:

Operating voltage: 16 - 32V


Nominal voltage: 24V
Test voltage: 27.6V ±0.4V
Overvoltage: 36V for 1 hour at max. 40°C ambient temperature
min. current at a voltage of 16V Imin = 3mA (lighting only)
Current consumption:
max. current at a voltage of 32V Imax = 7mA (lighting only)
Operating temperature: -40°C.....+85°C
Storage temperature: 2h/+95°C
Degree of protection: IP53

Connector pin assignment

116 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pin Line no. Assignment


Voltage supply terminal 15
1 60028
Fuse, vehicle management computer, terminal 15 (F583)
Ground
2 31000
Crimped connector, line 31000 (X1827)
LIN databus
3 64512 LIN databus, vehicle management computer-multifunctional steering
wheel-steering column stalk-instrumentation

Repair instructions:

– Removing and installing the multifunctional steering wheel


See "Removing and installing the steering wheel" in the Repair Manual.
– Fitting a new multifunctional steering wheel
See "Removing and installing the steering wheel" in the Repair Manual.

T 62 5th edition 117


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS

VDO Baseline / Highline Instrumentation (A407)

Baseline Instrumentation (A407)


Basic version with 35 check lamps and centre display

Highline instrumentation (A407)


Basic version with 21 check lamps and larger centre display

118 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Installation positions
VDO Baseline instrumentation (TGA)

VDO Highline instrumentation (TGA)

T 62 5th edition 119


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline L / Baseline / Highline instrumentation (A407)

Baseline Low instrumentation (A407)


Basic version with 35 check lamps, centre display and 2 gauges

Baseline Instrumentation (A407)


Basic version with 35 check lamps, centre display and 4 gauges

120 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Baseline instrumentation with AdBlue (A407)


Basic version with 35 check lamps, centre display and 4 gauges

The AdBlue version is equipped with a combined brake circuit indicator and an additional AdBlue tank
indicator.

Highline instrumentation (A407)


Basic version with 21 check lamps and large centre display

T 62 5th edition 121


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Highline instrumentation with AdBlue (A407)


Basic version with 21 check lamps and large centre display

The AdBlue version is equipped with a combined brake circuit indicator and an additional AdBlue tank
indicator.

Installation positions
Stoneridge Baseline Instrumentation (TGA)

Stoneridge Highline Instrumentation (TGA)

122 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline instrumentation (TGL, TGM)

Stoneridge Highline instrumentation (TGL, TGM)

Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation (A407), software version R22


Basic version with 35 check lamps, centre display and 4 gauges

T 62 5th edition 123


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation (A407), software version R22 AdBlue


Basic version with 35 check lamps, centre display and 4 gauges

The AdBlue version is equipped with a combined brake circuit indicator and an additional AdBlue tank
indicator.

Installation positions

Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation (A407), software version R22

124 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation (A407), software version R24


Basic version with 35 check lamps, centre display and 4 gauges

The AdBlue indicator is combined with the diesel fuel indicator.

Installation positions
Stoneridge Baseline / Highline instrumentation (A407), software version R24

T 62 5th edition 125


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

MMI control unit (A574)

Installation positions
MMI control unit A574 Highline (1) VDO (TGA)

MMI control unit A574 (1) for Stoneridge Highline (TGL, TGM)

126 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

VDO Highline instrumentation (buses) with MMI control unit (1)

T 62 5th edition 127


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Multifunctional steering wheel (A943)

Installation positions
Multifunctional steering wheel A943 (TGA)

Multifunctional steering wheel A943 (TGL, TGM)

128 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Installation, multifunctional steering wheel A943 (TGS / TGX)

T 62 5th edition 129


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

DIAGNOSIS

General information
Most control units testable using MAN-cats® II are connected with diagnosis socket X200 pin 3 / 4 via a K-line.
The diagnosis system stimulates a specic control unit via the K-line. The control unit responds and transmits
the faults stored in its fault memory via the K-line in digital code.

"KWP-on-CAN" control units such as TBM and ECAS2 do not have a K-line. Control units with KWP-on-CAN
diagnosis are stimulated by the vehicle management computer (FFR) K-line. The vehicle management
computer (FFR) opens a gateway to the control unit in question via the CAN.

System structure of K-lines

TGL/TGM

(A302) Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR2) (X2544) Potential distributor 21-pin K-line
(A312) Customer-specic control module
(A330) Gearbox control, Tipmatic AS-TRONIC
(A403) Vehicle management computer
(A407) Instrumentation
(A435) Electronic Diesel Control
(A451) Door module driver’s side
(A452) Door module, co-driver side
(A474) Air-conditioning system
(A483) Auxiliary air heater
(A494) Auxiliary water heater
(A590) Control unit, EMOS (on gearbox)
(A . . . ) Further systems can be networked
(X200) Diagnosis socket

130 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

TGA

(A143) Electronically controlled air suspension (A494) Auxiliary water heater


(ECAS); note: ECAS2 has KWP-on-CAN (A688) Auxiliary vehicle computer (for heavy-duty
diagnosis tractor only)
(A144) Retarder / Intarder control (A713) Control unit in distributor unit
(A266) Control unit, torque converter and clutch (A . . . ) Further systems can be networked
system/retarder (X200) Diagnosis socket
(A302) Central on-board computer 2 (ZBR2) (X2544) Potential distributor 21-pin K-line
(A312) Customer-specic control module
(A330) Gearbox control, Tipmatic AS-TRONIC
(A402) Electronic Braking System
(A403) Vehicle management computer
(A407) Instrumentation
(A409) Electronic compressed air supply device
(A435) Electronic Diesel Control
(A451) Door module driver’s side
(A452) Door module, co-driver side
(A474) Air-conditioning system
(A479) ACC control unit
(A483) Auxiliary air heater
(A486) Airbag control unit

T 62 5th edition 131


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Rough-terrain trucks (X models)

(A146) Control unit, gearbox


(A302) Central on-board computer 2
(A312) Customer-specic control module
(A402) Electronic Braking System
(A403) Vehicle management computer
(A407) Instrumentation
(A435) Electronic Diesel Control
(A483) Auxiliary air heater
(A494) Auxiliary water heater
(A . . .) Further systems can be networked
(X200) Diagnosis socket

132 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

TGS/TGX

(A144) Retarder / Intarder control (A626) Control unit, hydrostatic front axle drive
(A250) Control unit, air-conditioning system (A688) Auxiliary vehicle computer (for heavy-duty
/auxiliary air-conditioning unit tractor only)
(A266) Control unit, torque converter and clutch (A . . . ) Further systems can be networked
system/retarder (X200) Diagnosis socket, 16-pin
(A302) Central computer 2 (X2544) Potential distributor 21-pin K-line
(A312) Customer-specic control module (16202) K-line diagnosis
(A330) Tipmatic AS-Tronic gearbox control unit
(A384) Control unit, RAS-EC
(A402) Electronic Brake System (EBS); note:
EBS5 has KWP-on-CAN diagnosis
(A403) Vehicle management computer
(A407) Instrumentation
(A435) Electronic Diesel Control
(A451) Door module driver’s side
(A452) Door module, co-driver side
(A479) ACC control unit
(A483) Auxiliary air heater
(A494) Auxiliary water heater

T 62 5th edition 133


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Buses and coaches with NES


The multiplex central computer (ZBRO) (A360) is also connected to the diagnosis socket X3090 pin S via a
K-line.

(A143) Electronically Controlled Air Suspension (X3090) Diagnosis socket, multiplex


(ECAS). Note: ECAS2 has KWP-on-CAN
diagnosis
(A144) Retarder / Intarder control
(A302) Central on-board computer 2
(A330) Tipmatic AS-Tronic gearbox control unit
(A360) Multiplex central computer
(A402) Electronic Braking System
(A403) Vehicle management computer
(A407) Instrumentation
(A409) Electronic compressed air supply device
(A435) Electronic Diesel Control
(A451) Door module driver’s side
(A452) Door module, co-driver side
(A . . .) Further systems can be networked
(X200) Diagnosis socket

134 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Buses and coaches with TEPS

(A143) Electronically Controlled Air Suspension


(ECAS). Note: ECAS2 has KWP-on-CAN
diagnosis
(A144) Retarder / Intarder control
(A302) Central on-board computer 2
(A312) Customer-specic control module
(A330) Tipmatic AS-Tronic gearbox control unit
(A354) Control unit, retarder module
(A402) Electronic Braking System
(A403) Vehicle management computer
(A407) Instrumentation
(A435) Electronic Diesel Control
(A736) Control unit, gearbox, ZF
(A . . .) Further systems can be networked
(X200) Diagnosis socket
(X2544) Potential distributor 21-pin K-line

T 62 5th edition 135


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Diagnosis socket X200


The SPN fault codes can be downloaded from the fault memory of various control units using MAN-cats® II
(connection on diagnosis socket X200). The results are displayed on the MAN-cats® II display.

View of socket from cable end

(A) Arrow in middle points to pin 1

Connector pin assignment, trucks

Diagnosis socket X200 Address


Pin Function Terminal Line number from CES pin
Option: HD-OBD
1 not used (185)
CAN High
Option: HD-OBD
2 not used (186)
CAN Low
via X2544 to the
4 K-line KWP 2000 16202
control units
Earthing point central
9 Negative potential 31 31000 electrical system
X1644 via X1829
via X1535 to fuse
10 Voltage supply 30 30009 A2/11
F412 / 10A
via X1833 to fuse
11 Voltage supply 15 16000 F/3
F376 / 10A
12 Alternator signal W 59101 Alternator G102 pin 1

Connector pin assignment, buses

Diagnosis socket X200 Address


Pin Function Terminal Line number from CES pin
Option: HD-OBD
1 not used (185)
CAN High
Option: HD-OBD
2 not used (186)
CAN Low
Via X1908 to the
4 K-line KWP 2000 16202
control units
Earthing point, central
9 Negative potential 31 31000
electrical system (item 92)
10 Voltage supply 30 30009 Fuse F412 / 10 A A2/11
11 Voltage supply 15 16000 via X362 to fuse F376 / 10A F/1
12 Alternator signal W 59101 Alternator G102 pin 1

136 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Diagnosis socket HD-OBD (X200)


As of 01.01.2005, all vehicles with Euro 4 engines are legally required to have a standardised diagnosis
interface to ISO 15031-3.

In the case of MAN vehicles, the required HD-OBD diagnosis socket will be introduced into production for
the rst vehicles from 01.10.2004 (not for all vehicles at the same time). HD-OBD stands for Heavy Duty On
Board Diagnosis. Heavy-duty here in the sense of heavy-duty commercial vehicles.

The installation position and the position designation (X200) remain unchanged as this diagnosis socket
replaces the previous one.

Table of connector pin assignment

Pin Line number Function


1 59101 Speed signal, alternator, term. W
2 —- Not used
3 16202 K-line
4 31000 Ground, term. 31
5 —- Not used
6 186 HD-OBD-CAN High
7 —- Not used
8 16000 Voltage supply, term. 15
9 - 13 —- Not used
14 185 HD-OBD-CAN low
15 —- Not used
16 30009 Voltage supply, term. 30

T 62 5th edition 137


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Installation positions, diagnosis socket X200

TGL/TGM

The diagnosis socket (1) is located behind a cover below the cup holder on the co-driver's side.

TGA
Old version:

The old installation position of the diagnosis socket (1) is on the rear side of the central electrical system.

New version:

The new installation position of the diagnosis socket (1) is behind a cover below the cup holder on the
co-driver's side.

138 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Rough-terrain trucks (X models)

The diagnosis socket (1) is located on the co-driver’s side in the central electrical system area.

Buses and coaches with multiplex process

The diagnosis socket X200 (1) is located on the driver's partition in front of the 1st seat row on the left-hand
side.

Buses and coaches with NES


(separate data exchange)

Old version:

The old installation position for the diagnosis sockets X3090 (1) and X200 (2) is on the left below the driver's
seat.

T 62 5th edition 139


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

New version:

The new installation position for the diagnosis sockets X200 (1) and X3090 (2) is on the main switchboard in
the central electrical system and central on-board computer area.

Buses and coaches with TEPS


(shared data exchange)

The diagnosis sockets X200 (1) and X3090 (2) are located on the driver's partition in front of the 1st seat row
on the left-hand side.

Diagnosis socket HD-OBD (X200) for TGA and TGL/TGM

The installation position and the position designation (X200) remain unchanged as this diagnosis socket (1)
replaces the previous one.

140 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Diagnosis socket HD-OBD (X200) for TGS/TGX

The diagnosis socket (1) is located on the co-driver's side under a cover which must be folded down. The
central electrical system is located above the socket.

Main diagnostic functions


– Fault detection
– Fault analysis
Occurrence
Meaning
Identication
Fault type (static, sporadic, etc.)
– Fault storage
– Simulation for troubleshooting

Malfunction displays
The control units are monitored by a microcontroller with 8 ADC inputs in multiplex mode and an additional
discrete analogue multiplexer. This structure makes it possible to observe 9 different analogue signals.

If the microcontroller detects a fault, fault codes assigned to the fault are stored in the EEPROM. The faults
are indicated on the instrumentation display and/or by the central warning light (H111).

In the case of STOP commands, the word STOP also appears on the display and the central warning light
(H111) ashes RED at 1 second intervals.

The central warning light (H111) lights up:


– YELLOW to indicate either a function or a warning
– RED to indicate a fault
Red always has priority over yellow. Functions or warnings (YELLOW) are always overridden by malfunctions
(RED).

In the event of an I-CAN failure (instrumentation - central on-board computer), the central warning light (H111)
lights up RED.

All current malfunction indicators are available when the ignition is switched ON (terminal 15), irrespective of
the vehicle status.

The faults diagnosed and stored in the control unit may involve different risks. Therefore, each individual fault
is assigned a priority.

Display priorities (VDO / Stoneridge)


The display cannot show all the information at once. It therefore shows information according to priorities.
Lower-priority information can be overwritten by higher-priority information.

Pieces of information that have the same priority are shown alternately if there is not enough room on the
display.

Diagnosis requires priorities 1 – 5.

T 62 5th edition 141


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Some function indicators have the same or a higher priority than fault indicators. In other words, a function
indicator (YELLOW) can have the same priority as a RED fault or even a STOP fault.

If the display area is already full and additional function indicators and fault indicators with the same priority
occur, the function indicator is given priority.

Indicator / diagnostic priorities

Diagnosis Colour of central


Indicator meaning Diagnosis meaning
priority warning light (H111)
Indicator critical to Drivability or safety is endangered
1 RED ashing
safety (STOP fault, RED)
Driving information with
Indicator critical to
2 RED steady light recommended action, check
functioning
(RED fault)
Indicator not Information before starting to drive
3 necessary for purely YELLOW steady light or active safety not restricted
normal operation (YELLOW fault)
4 — — No effect on drivability
Information about
5 fault whilst vehicle in YELLOW steady light Warning (YELLOW fault)
motion

The display only ever shows one fault at a time.

Structure of fault texts in diagnosis message


There are 2 lines of 16 characters available for the fault texts in the diagnostic message.

The fault text message structure always includes:


– Fault location/fault designation
– Fault information/recommended action

There are 2 types of fault text message:


– Global fault text messages
– Specic fault text messages

Global fault text message


In the global fault text message, only the priority and the source address from the DM1 message (diagnostic
message 1) are evaluated. A general message is displayed, indicating the defective system and the
transmitted fault number.

Diagnosis Central warning Fault text


Remarks
priority light 1234567890123456
Sysname no. xxxxx-yy In conjunction with STOP symbol. Engine
1 RED ashing
Diagnosis must be stopped!
Sysname no. xxxxx-yy Possibly workshop-relevant fault!
2 RED steady light
Diagnosis Indicates malfunction
YELLOW steady Sysname no. xxxxx-yy Display at standstill, fault information only;
3
light Diagnosis no recommended action necessary
4 — — No display
YELLOW steady Sysname no. xxxxx-yy Display when vehicle in motion and at
5
light Diagnosis standstill; fault information only

– “Sysname”: Indicates the defective system from the source address of DM1 (e.g.: INST)
– xxxxx: Indicates the fault number from the fault location number (SPN) in the DM1 message (e.g.: INST
Nr. 02987)
– yy: Indicates the fault type number (FMI) (e.g.: INST no. 02987- 03)
SPN –> Suspect Parameter Number (fault location)

142 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

FMI –> Failure Mode Identication (fault type)

FMI (Failure Mode Identication) status indicators

FMI 12 Discontinuity or
FMI 0 Fault not specied FMI 6 Short-circuit to +UBat
short-circuit to +UBat

FMI 1 Too high FMI 13 Discontinuity or


FMI 7 Short-circuit
short-circuit to ground
Memory status

FMI 2 Too low FMI 8 Signal defective


FMI No fault

FMI 3 Implausible FMI 9 Device fault FMI Fault stored

FMI 4 No signal available FMI 10 Discontinuity FMI Intermittent fault

FMI 5 Short-circuit to ground FMI 11 Loose contact FMI Fault active and has been
stored

Specic fault text message


In the case of the specic fault text message, the priority, SPN fault number and fault type (FMI) transmitted
in the DM1 message are also evaluated. There is specic recommended action and naming of the specic
fault cause.

The SPN fault number is not displayed in the case of specic fault text messages.

Note: Several different faults can trigger the same specic fault text message.

SPN fault codes indicated on the display


The display is integrated in the instrument panel (A407). All the driver and service information is displayed.

View of the display

VDO Baseline instrumentation (basic display setting)

T 62 5th edition 143


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

(1) Symbol for instrumentation (2) Central warning light (H111)

VDO Highline instrumentation (basic display setting)

(1) Symbol for instrumentation (3) Radio status with display of station and
(2) Vehicle status as text message or fault frequency (2 lines of text)
number (2 lines of text)

Position of central warning light as for Baseline version

144 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Baseline L and Baseline instrumentation (Stoneridge) (basic display setting)

(1) Symbol for instrumentation (2) Central warning light (H111)

Highline instrumentation (Stoneridge) (basic display setting)

(1) Symbol for instrumentation (3) Central warning light (H111)


(2) Vehicle status as text message or fault
number (2 lines of text)

Indicator / diagnostic priorities, software version R22 and R24

Colour of central
Symbol Indicator meaning Diagnosis meaning
warning light (H111)
Vehicle damage threat.
Safety Red ashing Driving safety in danger.

Workshop visit
necessary immediately.
Workshop Red steady light
Driving safety may be in
danger.
Remedy the fault
immediately or slowly
Information Yellow steady light drive to a workshop,
depending on the cause
of the yellow message.

Structure of fault texts in diagnosis message

The fault text message structure always includes:


– Symbol

T 62 5th edition 145


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Text message
– Check lamp
– Audible signal

There are 3 types of text message:


– One message
– Several messages
– Message indicating a value

One message

In the case of a single message, only the fault, system name and priority are indicated.

Several messages with multifunctional steering wheel A943

(1) Display for several faults (3) Symbol for scrolling


(2) Symbol for conrmation (4) Symbol for at least 10 faults

If there are several faults, this can be seen by the double left edge (1). If more than 9 faults occur, this is
indicated by the plus sign (4) in the status line.

146 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Several messages without multifunctional steering wheel A943

The double edge indicates that there are several messages, while the two lower rectangular elds indicate
the possible button functions for the buttons shown on the next graphic.

Message indicating a value

The combined messages shows precisely the rear axle and side where the tyre with insufcient pressure is
located. The values allow a comparison. The incorrect value has a black background.

T 62 5th edition 147


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN fault code indicators on the display, software version R22 and R24
The display is integrated in the instrument panel (A407). All the driver and service information is displayed.

View of the display

The gure above shows a fault message from the ACC system. When diagnosis is called up in the menu, the
SPN fault code is displayed, as shown on the next gure.

The fault is active and has a priority of 5. The SPN is 02201 and the FMI (Failure Mode Identication) is 3
(specic fault text message).

On-board diagnosis
Faults present can be read out on the driver's display using the vehicle menu from the main "Diagnosis" menu.

Baseline instrumentation without multifunctional steering wheel A943


VDO Baseline instrumentation

Call up the "Diagnosis" vehicle menu:

148 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

(1) "MMI" button (2) "ACKN./TRIP" button

The menu structure is controlled using buttons (1) and (2). There are two ways of using the buttons:

Pressing and touching


– Pressing - press and hold (for more than 3 seconds), e.g. to call up the menu or to conrm.
– Touching - briey press (for less than 2 seconds), e.g. to scroll through the menu or to exit the menu.

The functions performed by the "MMI" button (1) are indicated by left-hand icon (3), whilst those performed
by the "ACKN./TRIP" button (2) are indicated by right-hand icon (4) on the driver's display.

The "Diagnosis" vehicle menu is called up when the vehicle is stationary in order to check whether a fault is
indicated.

Press the "MMI" button (1) and hold it down for longer than 3 seconds.
– Press the "MMI" button (1) until the vehicle menu appears on the display for symbols and text
– Keep touching the "MMI" button (1) until the "Diagnosis" menu item (5) has been selected. The selected
menu item is marked with a cursor.
– Touch the "ACKN./TRIP" button (2) to call up "Diagnosis".
The "Diagnosis" main menu contains further submenus, the number of which depends on how many systems
are installed in the vehicle (e.g. central on-board computer, EBS, ECAM, EDC, vehicle management
computer, ECAS, INST, etc...). These submenus display the content of the fault memory concerned.

If the "MMI" (1) or "ACKN./TRIP"(2) buttons are not pressed within a certain time (approx. 30 seconds), the
menu structure disappears from the screen and is replaced by the display that was in view before the menu
structure was called up.

Various menus are available, depending on the vehicle operating status:

The main menus – Vehicle Conguration, Operating Data, Diagnosis, Lamp Test, Maintenance, First
Registered and Trailer Conguration – cannot be called up unless:
– Vehicle is at a standstill
– The parking brake is applied

T 62 5th edition 149


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

– Ignition is "ON"
– The vehicle engine is not running
If the vehicle is at a standstill with the parking brake applied and the vehicle engine running, the only main
menu that can be called up is Operating Data.

When the vehicle is in driving status – vehicle engine running – the only main menu that can be called up is
Operating Data.

Highline instrumentation without multifunctional steering wheel (A943)


Call up the "Diagnosis" vehicle menu:

Button (1) vehicle menu

– Press to call up the vehicle menu

Button (2) rotary/pressure switch

– Turn (anti-clockwise/clockwise) to select a menu item


– Press to call up a menu item

Button (3) previous menu

– Press to exit a menu item

Button (4) exit menu

– Press to exit the selected menu (e.g. diagnosis).


The "Diagnosis" vehicle menu is called up when the vehicle is stationary in order to check whether a fault is
indicated.

150 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

VDO Highline instrumentation illustration

– Press the "Vehicle menu" button (1) until the vehicle menu appears on the driver's display for symbols and
text.
– Turn the rotary/pressure switch (2) and select the "Diagnosis" menu item (5). The selected menu item is
marked with a bar.
– Press rotary/pressure-operated switch, call up "Diagnosis".
Note: Press the "previous menu" button (3) to exit the menu item just selected without leaving the Vehicle
menu. Press the "Exit menu" button (4) to exit the Vehicle menu.

The "DIAGNOSIS" main menu contains further submenus, the number of which depends on how many
systems are installed in the vehicle (e.g. central on-board computer, EBS, ECAM, EDC, vehicle management
computer, ECAS, INST, etc...). These submenus display the content of the fault memory concerned.

If the Vehicle menu button (1), rotary/pushbutton switch (2), previous menu level button (3) and exit menu
button (4) are not pressed within a certain time (approx. 30 seconds), the menu structure disappears
automatically and is replaced by the display that appeared before the menu structure was accessed.

Various menus are available, depending on the vehicle operating status:

The main menus – Instrumentation Conguration, Trip Data, Operating Data, Vehicle Conguration,
Maintenance and Diagnosis – cannot be called up unless:
– Vehicle is at a standstill
– The parking brake is applied
– Ignition is "ON"
– The vehicle engine is not running
If the vehicle is at a standstill with the parking brake applied and the vehicle engine running, the main menus
that can be called up are Instrumentation Conguration, Trip Data and Operating Data.

When the vehicle is in driving status – vehicle engine running – the main menus Instrumentation Conguration,
Trip Data and Operating Data can also be called up.

The following abbreviations are used in the submenus for Baseline and Highline instrumentation:

Abbreviations Meaning
ZBR Central on-board computer 2
EBS Electronic Braking System
ECAM Electronically Controlled Air Management
EDC Electronic Diesel Control
EDC S Electronic Diesel Control Slave
EHLA / ALA Electro-hydraulic steering system / adhesion-steered steering system
FFR Vehicle management computer
ZFR Additional vehicle computer

T 62 5th edition 151


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Abbreviations Meaning
DIAG Entire vehicle (on-board diagnostic memory)
ECAS/EFR Electronically Controlled Air Suspension / electronic shock absorber control
RET P Primary retarder / Intarder
RET S Secondary retarder / Intarder
TCU Transmission Control Unit (automated/automatic gearbox)
INST Instrumentation
ACC Adaptive cruise control
GDK/DPF Exhaust-gas control
ESP Electronic Stability Program
LGS Lane Guard System
KSM Customer’s special module
NLA/VLA Trailing axle/leading axle
M-TCO Tachograph
RKS Tyre pressure monitor
TBM Telematics on-board module
WSK Torque converter and clutch system

2 display examples are included below to aid understanding:

Baseline instrumentation: VDO

The graphic above illustrates the display of a fault code.

152 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Highline instrumentation: VDO

The graphic above illustrates the display of a fault code.

Baseline / Highline instrumentation with multifunctional steering wheel A943


Call up the "Diagnosis" vehicle menu:

(1-5) Cruise control/road speed limiter (6-10) Menu operation

Button (6) vehicle menu

– Press briey: Call up the Vehicle menu


– Press and hold: Activate voice control

Button (7) previous menu

– Press briey: Exit the menu item


– Press and hold: Exit the menu

Button (8) exit menu

– Press to exit the selected menu item (e.g. diagnosis).


– Press to accept the settings
– Press to call up a menu item

Buttons (9 and 10) Navigate

– Press to call up a menu item further down


– Press to call up a menu item further up

T 62 5th edition 153


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Illustration of the possible multifunctional steering wheel A943 button functions

The display indicates the possible button functions for navigating the menu.

Menu navigation for Stoneridge instrumentation with multifunctional steering wheel A943

– Press the "Vehicle menu" button (6) until the Vehicle menu item appears on the driver's display for symbols
and text.
– Press buttons (9-10) and select "Diagnosis" menu item. The selected menu item is marked with a bar.
– Press button (8), call up "Diagnosis".
– Press buttons (9-10) and select "Control units" menu item. The selected menu item is marked with a bar.
– Press button (8), call up "Control units".
– Press buttons (9-10) and select desired control unit. The selected control unit is marked with a bar.
– Press button (8) to call up the fault code display.
– Press button (7) to exit the menu item or exit the menu

2 display examples are included below to aid understanding.

154 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

The following operating requirements must be met before the Diagnosis and Service menu items can
be called up:
– Vehicle is at a standstill
– Ignition is "ON"

The following abbreviations are used in the submenus for Baseline and Highline instrumentation:

Abbreviations Meaning
ZBR Central on-board computer 2
EBS Electronic Braking System
ECAM Electronically Controlled Air Management
EDC Electronic Diesel Control
EDC S Electronic Diesel Control Slave
EHLA / ALA Electro-hydraulic steering system / adhesion-steered steering system
FFR Vehicle management computer
ZFR Additional vehicle computer
DIAG Entire vehicle (on-board diagnostic memory)
ECAS / EFR Electronically Controlled Air Suspension / electronic shock absorber control
RET P Primary retarder / Intarder
RET S Secondary retarder / Intarder
TCU Transmission Control Unit (automated/automatic gearbox)
INST Instrumentation
ACC Adaptive cruise control
GDK / DPF Exhaust-gas control
ESP Electronic Stability Program
LGS Lane Guard System
KSM Customer’s special module
NLA / VLA Trailing axle / leading axle
M-TCO Tachograph
RKS Tyre pressure monitor
TBM Telematics on-board module
WSK Torque converter and clutch system

T 62 5th edition 155


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Highline instrumentation: Stoneridge

The above gure shows an example of a fault code.

On-board diagnosis, software version R22 and R24


In vehicles with software version R22 and R24, the menus can be accessed using the multifunctional steering
wheel A943. In vehicles with the Baseline version, the multifunctional steering wheel A943 can be omitted
on request. To perform diagnosis in a vehicle with multifunctional steering wheel A943, call up the "Vehicle"
menu item and then proceed as described below.

(1-5) Cruise control/road speed limiter (6-10) Menu operation

Operation of the multifunctional steering wheel A943 is exactly the same as for the old TGA display concept.
The only differences are the indications on the display. Plus there are new divisions, as can be seen on the
following graphics.

See the Operator's Manual for further details

All light grey buttons on the following graphics are new compared to the TGA. If the button with the broken
line is pressed, the next level up is called up, except when already on the highest level (next graphic), in
which case the menu is exited.

A Vehicle

B Audio

C Telephone

D Messages

E---------

156 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

If the A Vehicle button is pressed, the following image appears:

1 Driving data

2 Monitoring data

3 Display off

4 Settings

5 Language

6---------

If the 1 Driving data button is pressed, the following image appears:

1 Position (Military)

2 Reset trip

3 Trip consumption

4 Trip speed

5 Driving times

6 Current consumption

7 Charge pressure

8---------

If the 2 Monitoring data button is pressed, the following image appears:

1 Engine oil

2 Axle load

3 Battery voltage

4 Tyre pressure

5 Brake pads

6 Reservoir pressure

7 Crankshaft

8 Operating data

9 Trailer

10 Trailer 2

11 Service

12 Diagnosis

13 - - - - - - - - -

T 62 5th edition 157


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

If the 12 Diagnosis button is pressed, the following image appears:

1 Control units

2 Check lamps

3 Vehicle characteristic data

4---------

If the 1 Control units button is pressed, only control units which are faulty are listed, in this case the ACC. If
the ACC button is pressed, the driver sees the image after next.

ACC

Fault reaction list

Baseline instrumentation (trucks, buses)


The instrumentation ECU reacts differently depending on the gravity of the fault that has occurred. The table
below lists fault reactions and possible causes. The test step list in the "Checking the instrumentation" section
can be used to help rectify faults.

External status inputs and status outputs

Check /
Malfunction Possible cause
Differentiate
A407 pin X5/2: Line to connector defective
LED, output (Out4) max. 50mA or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, lighting learning routine (S329) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X5/3:
LED, output (Out3) max. 50mA
Trucks:
Line to connector defective
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle,
or line discontinuity, incorrect
raise/relieve (S266), button, ECAS trailing —-
parameterisation, switch/button
axle/leading axle, raise/relieve, Nordland
defective, instrumentation defective
(S790)
Buses:
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II (S162)

158 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check /
Malfunction Possible cause
Differentiate
A407 pin X5/4:
LED, output (Out2) max. 50mA
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) —-
parameterisation, switch defective,
Buses:
instrumentation defective
Switch, LOWERING/ECAS loading/unloading
(S163)
A407 pin X5/5: Line to connector defective
LED, output (Out1) max. 50mA or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (S267) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X5/12: Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active) or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, headlight cleaning system (S193) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X5/13: Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active) or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (S267) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X5/14:
Switch, input (high active)
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise —-
parameterisation, switch defective,
/relieve (S266)
instrumentation defective
Buses:
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II (S162)
A407 pin X5/15:
Switch, input (high active)
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) —-
parameterisation, switch defective,
Buses:
instrumentation defective
Switch, LOWERING/ECAS loading/unloading
(S163)
A407 pin X5/16:
Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Trucks, buses: —-
parameterisation, switch/button
Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog
defective, instrumentation defective
lamp (S483)
A407 pin X5/17:
Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Trucks, buses: —-
parameterisation, switch/button
Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog
defective, instrumentation defective
lamp (S483)
A407 pin X5/18: Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active) or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, lighting learning routine (S329) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X6/1:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (low active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Trucks: —-
parameterisation, switch defective,
Switch in seat belt buckle, driver (S252) - check
instrumentation defective
lamp, seat belt (H177)

T 62 5th edition 159


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check /
Malfunction Possible cause
Differentiate
A407 pin X6/2:
LED, input (low active)
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) - check lamp,
—- parameterisation, multiplex node
tipper (H148)
/switch defective, instrumentation
Buses:
defective
Multiplex node, front, right 2.1 (A421) - charge
check lamp, alternator 2 (H138)
A407 pin X6/3:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (low active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Trucks: —-
parameterisation, control unit
Control unit, airbag (A486) - check lamp, airbag
defective, instrumentation defective
(H303)
A407 pin X6/4:
LED, input (low active)
Trucks: Line to connector defective
Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery or line discontinuity, incorrect
EMERGENCY OFF (A317) - check lamp, —- parameterisation, control unit
EMERGENCY OFF fault (H304) /multiplex node defective,
Buses: instrumentation defective
Multiplex-central computer, ZBRO (A360) -
check lamp, fault, multiplex (H341)
A407 pin X6/6:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (low active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Buses: —-
parameterisation, multiplex node
Multiplex node, front, control units 1.3 (A413) -
defective, instrumentation defective
check lamp, windscreen heater (H426)
A407 pin X6/7:
LED, input (low active)
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Relay, taillift (K467) - check lamp, taillift (H254) —-
parameterisation, control unit/relay
Buses:
defective, instrumentation defective
Control unit, steering (A690) - check lamp,
power steering (H438)
A407 pin X6/14:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (low active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Buses: —-
parameterisation, multiplex node
Multiplex node, front, left 1.1 (A411) - check
defective, instrumentation defective
lamp, oil level, engine oil top-up (H324)
A407 pin X6/17:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (high active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Buses: —-
parameterisation, multiplex node
Multiplex node, front, right 2.1 (A421) - check
defective, instrumentation defective
lamp, toilet (H135)
A407 pin X6/18:
LED, input (high active) Line to connector defective
Buses: or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Multiplex node, front, left 1.1 (A411) - check parameterisation, multiplex node
lamp, trailing axle/leading axle, steering, fault defective, instrumentation defective
(red) (H246)

160 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Other inputs/outputs

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Discontinuity A407 pin X1/17:
Terminal 30
Instrumentation shows no signs Discontinuity A407 pin X1/18:
Instrumentation does not of external reaction Terminal 15
perform lamp test after terminal Discontinuity A407 pin X1/16:
15 "ON" Terminal 31
Instrumentation defective; speed
Instrumentation shows any
whilst terminal 15 "ON" not equal to
external reaction
0
No K-line communication Discontinuity A407 pin X1/1;
—-
possible instrumentation defective
Instrumentation lighting does not Discontinuity A407 pin X1/9;
—-
switch on when terminal 58 "ON" instrumentation defective
Discontinuity A407 pin X1/12;
Dimming via terminal 58d
instrumentation defective
CAN databus A407 pin X1/7, X1/8,
X1/13 and X1/14;
Check the CAN databus lines to
Entire "surrounding area" does the instrumentation for short-circuits
not react to dimming by the or discontinuity. Is the M-TCO
instrumentation tachograph connected? The
Dimming is via the CAN databus
tachograph must be CAN-connected
as the tachograph is the second
line end and contains one of the
two terminating resistors. Otherwise
there will be malfunctions.
Instrumentation defective

Display for symbols and text

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Other indicators work (tested by
Incorrect EEPROM parameters
calling up menu)
Incorrect EEPROM parameters
No gear indicated on display for (gear indicator, display messages,
No indication on display for
symbols and text symbols, etc...), incorrect
symbols and text (tested by calling
EEPROM parameters (contrast
up menu), multi-function displays 1
curve), display for symbols and
/ 2 function perfectly
text defective, instrumentation
defective
Gear indication on display
Incorrect EEPROM parameters;
for symbols and text with —-
invalid data from CAN databus
implausible values
Gear indication does not match
—- Incorrect EEPROM parameters
installed gearbox model

T 62 5th edition 161


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Short-circuit or discontinuity
in CAN databus lines to
Data on the gear indicator shown
instrumentation. Is the
as "- -", and data from the menu
M-TCO tachograph connected?
shown as "- -" , and display
The tachograph must be
fault messages "CAN failure" —-
CAN-connected as the tachograph
as well as "ECAM1 failure" and
is the second line end and
multi-function displays 1 / 2 no
contains one of the two terminating
data indication
resistors. Otherwise there will be
malfunctions.
Fault messages or display symbols Incorrect EEPROM parameters
(if active) are advanced manually (menu enable table);
Menu call-up not possible (with with the "MMI" button instrumentation defective
help of "MMI" button) Fault messages or display symbols
"MMI" button (instrumentation)
(if active) are not advanced
defective
manually with the "MMI" button
Fault text not displayed,
although audible signal heard
—- Deactivate "Monitoring" function
and symbol appears at top left
of display for symbols and text

Multi-function display 1 (small LCD)

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Active fault messages are
acknowledged with the "ACKN. Instrumentation defective
Change-over from km to v in /TRIP" button
mph or trip km not possible
("ACKN/TRIP" button) Active fault messages are not
"ACKN./TRIP" button
acknowledged with the "ACKN.
(instrumentation) defective
/TRIP" button

Multi-function display 2 (small LCD)

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Time can not be adjusted using "TIME/TEMP" button
Change-over between time and "TIME/TEMP" button (instrumentation) defective
outside temperature not possible
("TIME/TEMP" button) Time can be adjusted using "TIME
Instrumentation defective
/TEMP" button
Dimming (changing of
instrumentation brightness) not "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
Manual inversion of display for possible using the "BRIGHTNESS/ (instrumentation) defective
symbols and text: no function DIMMER" button either
("BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" Dimming (changing of
button) instrumentation brightness)
Instrumentation defective
is possible using the
"BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button

162 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pointer-type instruments

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Rev counter, fuel gauge, coolant
temperature gauge, brake Stepper motor defective;
A single pointer-type instrument
pressure indicator for circuit I No CAN databus data or invalid
has no function or indicates no
and brake pressure indicator for CAN databus data
function
circuit II. Incorrect EEPROM parameters
Single exception: Tachograph
Time (multi-function display 2)
missing; mileage (multi-function Tachograph not connected;
display 1) missing; display display message to this effect
message "TCO failure" or similar appears
appears
Time (multi-function display 2) and
KITAS sensor defective,
mileage (multi-function display 1)
(tachograph defective),
No road speed indication on available; display message "TCO
(instrumentation defective)
tachograph failure" or similar appears
Stepper motor (instrumentation)
defective;
Time (multi-function display 2) and
No CAN databus data or invalid
mileage (multi-function display 1)
CAN databus data
available; display message "TCO
Incorrect EEPROM parameters,
failure" or similar does not appear
incorrect EEPROM checksum,
instrumentation defective
Rev counter, fuel gauge,
coolant temperature gauge, No CAN databus data or
brake pressure indicator for invalid CAN databus data,
circuit I and brake pressure —- incorrect EEPROM parameters,
indicator for circuit II do not incorrect EEPROM checksum,
function; however, tachograph is instrumentation defective
functioning
The pointers remain at the
Battery undervoltage (terminal 30);
points they were last deected
—- read out the instrumentation fault
to and no longer move or icker
memory using MAN-cats® II
severely.

Economy indicator

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


During operation there is AUX_STAT_ZBR2 message
suddenly no Bestpoint LED failed;
—-
changeover between braking Read out the instrumentation fault
and driving mode memory using MAN-cats® II
Engine Conguration message
No economy indicator available failed;
—-
after ignition switched "ON" Read out the instrumentation fault
memory using MAN-cats® II

Check lamps

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Various check lamps report
—- Incorrect symbol disc
incomprehensible malfunctions

T 62 5th edition 163


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Lamp test is successful (either
Check connector X5 and X6,
from menu or ignition switched
instrumentation defective
"OFF" and then "ON" again)

No check lamps are activated, Discontinuity A407 pin X1/17:


although the functions Lamp test not possible or Terminal 30
concerned are obviously active instrumentation does not perform Discontinuity A407 pin X1/18:
it (either from menu or ignition Terminal 15
switched "OFF" and then "ON" Discontinuity A407 pin X1/16:
again) Terminal 31
Instrumentation defective
Carry out lamp test and check lamp Check connector input concerned,
A single check lamp is not comes on incorrect parameterisation
activated, although the function
concerned is obviously active Carry out lamp test and check lamp
Instrumentation (LED) defective
does not come on

Highline instrumentation (trucks, buses)


The instrumentation ECU reacts differently depending on the gravity of the fault that has occurred. The table
below lists fault reactions and possible causes. The test step list in the "Checking the instrumentation" section
can be used to help rectify faults.

External status inputs and status outputs

Check /
Malfunction Possible cause
Differentiate
A407 pin X5/2: Line to connector defective
LED, output (Out4) max. 50mA or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, lighting learning routine (S329) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X5/3:
LED, output (Out3) max. 50mA
Trucks:
Line to connector defective
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle,
or line discontinuity, incorrect
raise/relieve (S266), button, ECAS trailing —-
parameterisation, switch/button
axle/leading axle, raise/relieve, Nordland
defective, instrumentation defective
(S790)
Buses:
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II (S162)
A407 pin X5/4:
LED, output (Out2) max. 50mA
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) —-
parameterisation, switch defective,
Buses:
instrumentation defective
Switch, LOWERING/ECAS loading/unloading
(S163)
A407 pin X5/5: Line to connector defective
LED, output (Out1) max. 50mA or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (S267) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X5/12: Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active) or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, headlight cleaning system (S193) instrumentation defective

164 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check /
Malfunction Possible cause
Differentiate
A407 pin X5/13: Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active) or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, ECAS, starting-traction control (S267) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X5/14:
Switch, input (high active)
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise —-
parameterisation, switch defective,
/relieve (S266)
instrumentation defective
Buses:
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II (S162)
A407 pin X5/15:
Switch, input (high active)
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) —-
parameterisation, switch defective,
Buses:
instrumentation defective
Switch, LOWERING/ECAS loading/unloading
(S163)
A407 pin X5/16:
Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Trucks, buses: —-
parameterisation, switch/button
Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog
defective, instrumentation defective
lamp (S483)
A407 pin X5/17:
Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Trucks, buses: —-
parameterisation, switch/button
Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog
defective, instrumentation defective
lamp (S483)
A407 pin X5/18: Line to connector defective
Switch, input (high active) or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Trucks, buses: parameterisation, button defective,
Button, lighting learning routine (S329) instrumentation defective
A407 pin X6/1:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (low active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Trucks: —-
parameterisation, switch defective,
Switch in seat belt buckle, driver (S252) - check
instrumentation defective
lamp, seat belt (H177)
A407 pin X6/2:
LED, input (low active)
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) - check lamp,
—- parameterisation, multiplex node
tipper (H148)
/switch defective, instrumentation
Buses:
defective
Multiplex node, front, right 2.1 (A421) - charge
check lamp, alternator 2 (H138)
A407 pin X6/3:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (low active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Trucks: —-
parameterisation, control unit
Control unit, airbag (A486) - check lamp, airbag
defective, instrumentation defective
(H303)

T 62 5th edition 165


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check /
Malfunction Possible cause
Differentiate
A407 pin X6/4:
LED, input (low active)
Trucks: Line to connector defective
Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery or line discontinuity, incorrect
EMERGENCY OFF (A317) - check lamp, —- parameterisation, control unit
EMERGENCY OFF fault (H304) /multiplex node defective,
Buses: instrumentation defective
Multiplex-central computer, ZBRO (A360) -
check lamp, fault, multiplex (H341)
A407 pin X6/6:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (low active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Buses: —-
parameterisation, multiplex node
Multiplex node, front, control units 1.3 (A413) -
defective, instrumentation defective
check lamp, windscreen heater (H426)
A407 pin X6/7:
LED, input (low active)
Line to connector defective
Trucks:
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Relay, taillift (K467) - check lamp, taillift (H254) —-
parameterisation, control unit/relay
Buses:
defective, instrumentation defective
Control unit, steering (A690) - check lamp,
power steering (H438)
A407 pin X6/14:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (low active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Buses: —-
parameterisation, multiplex node
Multiplex node, front, left 1.1 (A411) - check
defective, instrumentation defective
lamp, oil level, engine oil top-up (H324)
A407 pin X6/17:
Line to connector defective
LED, input (high active)
or line discontinuity, incorrect
Buses: —-
parameterisation, multiplex node
Multiplex node, front, right 2.1 (A421) - check
defective, instrumentation defective
lamp, toilet (H135)
A407 pin X6/18:
LED, input (high active) Line to connector defective
Buses: or line discontinuity, incorrect
—-
Multiplex node, front, left 1.1 (A411) - check parameterisation, multiplex node
lamp, trailing axle/leading axle, steering, fault defective, instrumentation defective
(red) (H246)

Other inputs/outputs

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Discontinuity A407 pin X1/17:
Terminal 30
Instrumentation shows no signs of Discontinuity A407 pin X1/18:
Instrumentation does not external reaction Terminal 15
perform lamp test after terminal Discontinuity A407 pin X1/16:
15 "ON" Terminal 31
Instrumentation defective; speed
Instrumentation shows any
whilst terminal 15 "ON" not equal
external reaction
to 0
No K-line communication Discontinuity A407 pin X1/1;
—-
possible instrumentation defective
Instrumentation lighting does not Discontinuity A407 pin X1/9;
—-
switch on when terminal 58 "ON" instrumentation defective

166 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Discontinuity A407 pin X1/12;
Dimming via terminal 58d
instrumentation defective
CAN databus A407 pin X1/7, X1/8,
X1/13 and X1/14;
Check the CAN databus lines
to the instrumentation for
Entire "surrounding area" does short-circuits or discontinuity.
not react to dimming by the Is the M-TCO tachograph
instrumentation Dimming is via the CAN databus connected? The tachograph
must be CAN-connected as the
tachograph is the second line
end and contains one of the two
terminating resistors. Otherwise
there will be malfunctions.
Instrumentation defective

Display for symbols and text

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


CAN databus A407 pin X1/10 and
X1/11;
Check the CAN databus lines
Instrumentation shows no signs
to the instrumentation for
of external reaction via the
short-circuits or discontinuity. Is
components connected on the
the radio connected? The radio
Highline CAN databus (H-CAN),
can only be operated and indicated
i.e. MMI control unit A574, radio
if the radio is connected to the
Radio not indicated on the and navigation system
instrumentation via the Highline
instrumentation display for CAN databus (H-CAN).
symbols and text, although the Instrumentation defective
radio is switched on
Instrumentation shows any
external reaction via the
components connected on the
Highline CAN databus (H-CAN), Check Highline CAN databus
i.e. MMI control unit A574, radio (H-CAN) connection to radio
and navigation system (e.g.
vehicle menu called up by MMI
control unit A574)

T 62 5th edition 167


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


CAN databus A407 pin X1/10 and
X1/11;
Check the CAN databus lines
Instrumentation shows no signs to the instrumentation for
of external reaction via the short-circuits or discontinuity. Is
components connected on the the navigation system connected?
Highline CAN databus (H-CAN), The navigation system can only
i.e. MMI control unit A574, radio be operated and indicated if the
Navigation not indicated on and navigation system navigation system is connected
the instrumentation display for to the instrumentation via the
symbols and text, although the Highline CAN databus (H-CAN).
navigation system is switched on Instrumentation defective
Instrumentation shows any
external reaction via the
components connected on the Check Highline CAN databus
Highline CAN databus (H-CAN), (H-CAN) connection to Truckgate
i.e. MMI control unit A574, radio Check connection between
and navigation system (e.g. Truckgate and navigation system
vehicle menu called up by MMI
control unit A574)
Other indicators work (tested by
Incorrect EEPROM parameters
calling up menu)
Incorrect EEPROM parameters
No gear indicated on display for (gear indicator, display messages,
No indication on display for
symbols and text symbols, etc...), incorrect
symbols and text (tested by calling
EEPROM parameters (contrast
up menu), multi-function displays 1
curve), display for symbols and
/ 2 function perfectly
text defective, instrumentation
defective
Gear indication on display
Incorrect EEPROM parameters;
for symbols and text with —-
invalid data from CAN databus
implausible values
Gear indication does not match
—- Incorrect EEPROM parameters
installed gearbox model
Short-circuit or discontinuity
in CAN databus lines to
Data on the gear indicator shown
instrumentation. Is the
as "- -", and data from the menu
M-TCO tachograph connected?
shown as "- -" , and display
The tachograph must be
fault messages "CAN failure" —-
CAN-connected as the tachograph
as well as "ECAM1 failure" and
is the second line end and
multi-function displays 1 / 2 no
contains one of the two terminating
data indication
resistors. Otherwise there will be
malfunctions.

168 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Instrumentation shows no signs
of external reaction via the Instrumentation defective
components connected on the Short-circuit or discontinuity
Highline CAN databus (H-CAN), in H-CAN databus lines to
i.e. MMI control unit A574, radio instrumentation.
and navigation system
Menu call-up not possible using Instrumentation shows any
MMI control unit A574 external reaction via the
components connected on the
Incorrect EEPROM parameters
Highline CAN databus (H-CAN),
(menu enable table);
i.e. MMI control unit A574, radio
MMI control unit A574 defective
and navigation system (e.g.
vehicle menu called up by MMI
control unit A574)
Fault text not displayed,
although audible signal heard
—- Deactivate "Monitoring" function
and symbol appears at top left
of display for symbols and text
Radio or navigation system not
indicated on display for symbols —- See "Other inputs/outputs" section
and text

Multi-function display 1 (small LCD)

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Active fault messages are
acknowledged with the "ACKN. Instrumentation defective
Change-over from km to v in /TRIP" button
mph or trip km not possible
("ACKN/TRIP" button) Active fault messages are not
"ACKN./TRIP" button
acknowledged with the "ACKN.
(instrumentation) defective
/TRIP" button

Multi-function display 2 (small LCD)

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Time can not be adjusted using "TIME/TEMP" button
Change-over between time and "TIME/TEMP" button (instrumentation) defective
outside temperature not possible
("TIME/TEMP" button) Time can be adjusted using "TIME
Instrumentation defective
/TEMP" button
Dimming (changing of
instrumentation lighting) is "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
Manual inversion of display for also not possible using the (instrumentation) defective
symbols and text: no function "BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button
("BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" Dimming (changing of
button) instrumentation brightness)
Instrumentation defective
is possible using the
"BRIGHTNESS/DIMMER" button

T 62 5th edition 169


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Pointer-type instruments

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Rev counter, fuel gauge, coolant
temperature gauge, brake Stepper motor defective;
A single pointer-type instrument
pressure indicator for circuit I No CAN databus data or invalid
has no function or indicates no
and brake pressure indicator for CAN databus data
function
circuit II. Incorrect EEPROM parameters
Single exception: Tachograph
Time (multi-function display 2)
missing; mileage (multi-function Tachograph not connected;
display 1) missing; display display message to this effect
message "TCO failure" or similar appears
appears
Time (multi-function display 2) and
KITAS sensor defective,
mileage (multi-function display 1)
(tachograph defective),
No road speed indication on available; display message "TCO
(instrumentation defective)
tachograph failure" or similar appears
Stepper motor (instrumentation)
defective;
Time (multi-function display 2) and
No CAN databus data or invalid
mileage (multi-function display 1)
CAN databus data
available; display message "TCO
Incorrect EEPROM parameters,
failure" or similar does not appear
incorrect EEPROM checksum,
instrumentation defective
Rev counter, fuel gauge,
coolant temperature gauge, No CAN databus data or
brake pressure indicator for invalid CAN databus data,
circuit I and brake pressure —- incorrect EEPROM parameters,
indicator for circuit II do not incorrect EEPROM checksum,
function; however, tachograph is instrumentation defective
functioning
The pointers remain at the
Battery undervoltage (terminal 30);
points they were last deected
—- read out the instrumentation fault
to and no longer move or icker
memory using MAN-cats® II
severely.

Economy indicator

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


During operation there is AUX_STAT_ZBR2 message
suddenly no Bestpoint LED failed;
—-
changeover between braking Read out the instrumentation fault
and driving mode memory using MAN-cats® II
Engine Conguration message
No economy indicator available failed;
—-
after ignition switched "ON" Read out the instrumentation fault
memory using MAN-cats® II

Check lamps

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Various check lamps report
—- Incorrect symbol disc
incomprehensible malfunctions

170 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Malfunction Check / Differentiate Possible cause


Lamp test is successful (either
Check connector X5 and X6,
from menu or ignition switched
instrumentation defective
"OFF" and then "ON" again)

No check lamps are activated, Discontinuity A407 pin X1/17:


although the functions Lamp test not possible or Terminal 30
concerned are obviously active instrumentation does not perform Discontinuity A407 pin X1/18:
it (either from menu or ignition Terminal 15
switched "OFF" and then "ON" Discontinuity A407 pin X1/16:
again) Terminal 31
Instrumentation defective
Carry out lamp test and check lamp Check connector input concerned,
A single check lamp is not comes on incorrect parameterisation
activated, although the function
concerned is obviously active Carry out lamp test and check lamp
Instrumentation (LED) defective
does not come on

Contact box
The contact box is used to check the functioning of all the instrumentation components in installed state.

Example of contact box connection:

Components:

Components connected:

Item Name Item number


1 Contact box 97 0 010
2 Diagnosis overlay for central on-board computer / instrumentation 97 0 047

T 62 5th edition 171


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

3 Plug-in jumper 97 0 011


4 Wiring harness for connecting to the vehicle wiring harness 97 0 042
Wiring harness for connecting to the central on-board computer /
5 97 0 041
instrumentation
Connector, white and yellow, 18-pin, connection to A407 pin X1, X5,
6 —
X6 and A447
7 Connector, white, 8-pin, no use here —
8 Connector, white, 6-pin, no use here —
9 Central on-board computer / instrumentation —

Connecting the contact box:


– Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away inadvertently (parking brake, chocks).
– Switch off the engine and the ignition.
– Check whether the instrumentation is protected with the prescribed fuses.
– Disconnect the instrumentation.
– Connect the contact box between the instrumentation and the vehicle wiring harness.
The test step list enables you to check the instrumentation components or functions using the contact box
and a multimeter (e.g. FLUKE 77 or 87).

Rectangular signals can also be checked using an oscilloscope or FLUKE Scopemeter 123.

Checking the instrumentation


Important! The tests must only be performed with the vehicle at a standstill, the parking brake applied
and the vehicle engine switched off.

The test step list enables you to check the instrumentation components or functions using a multimeter (e.g.
FLUKE 87).

Rectangular signals or clocked signals can also be checked using an oscilloscope or multimeter (Skopemeter)
123 (FLUKE).

Test description
In the test step list indicated in this section (example: test step 1), the rst test contact is identied with "Pin
X1/18" and the second test contact with "Pin X1/16". A voltage is determined between these pins using a
multimeter. Measurements are taken directly on the instrumentation. The measuring mode to be set on the
measuring instrument (multimeter) is shown between test contacts listed in column 2.

Example: Setting "V" = Voltage measurement

Example: Setting "Ω" = Resistance measurement

Once the test conditions have been met, the value displayed on the measuring instrument (actual property)
can be compared with the nominal value (nominal property).

Two measurement examples are described below to aid understanding:

If voltages are being measured, switch on the ignition and leave the instrumentation connectors connected.

172 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

The gure above is a measurement example based on the TGA.

In this example, the fog lamp switch voltage supply is measured between pin X5/17 (signal line) and pin X1/16
(ground line).

The measured value obtained using the FLUKE 87 multimeter is 23.78V (battery voltage).

If resistance values are being measured, switch off the ignition and disconnect the instrumentation connector
on which resistance values are being measured. In the case of the CAN databus, the instrumentation
connector is also connected when measuring the resistance. This means that the internal terminating resistor
resistance of the CAN databus is also measured.

The gure above is a measurement example based on the TGA.

In this example with the I-CAN databus instrumentation, the resistance is measured between pin X1/8 (I-CAN
high signal line) and pin X1/14 (I-CAN low signal line). The connector remains connected in this example.

The measured value obtained using the FLUKE 87 multimeter is 58.9Ω.

SPN - fault code list (VDO instrument)


The following table lists the fault codes that can be downloaded via diagnosis socket X200 using the
MAN-cats® II diagnosis system in the event of a fault.

SPN – Suspect Parameter Number – Fault location

Note: see test step list for test step

T 62 5th edition 173


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
00168 Undervoltage, vehicle electrical system voltage (terminal 30)
Fault status: FMI 2
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; error information only
Fault display:
The STOP central warning light (H111) lights up yellow at standstill.
Cause of fault:
The battery voltage is too low(<16V).
Remedy:
Check the signal for plausibility with MAN-cats® II Monitoring, check the alternator, check the
lines, check the plug connections, check the battery.
Test steps:
Perform Monitoring:
Check the "Terminal 30" and "Terminal 15" signals for plausibility using MAN-cats® II (engine
running, nominal value 24-28V).
If these values are OK, perform voltage measurement.
Perform voltage measurement:
Voltage measurement directly on the control unit pins X1/2, X1/1 (+) and X1/3 (-). Desired value
20-28 volts.
If the measured values (measured on the control unit connector) are within the nominal value
range and the fault is still active, exchange the vehicle management computer (A403).
01235 CAN short-circuit (BUSOFF)
A BUSOFF fault means that the control unit is not taking part in the CAN communication and,
therefore, cannot send a diagnostic fault message (DM). This is detected and indicated by the
"network management". BUSOFF monitoring is active in drive mode (terminal 15 and terminal
30 energised). A control unit must perform a "bus off recovery sequence" in order to take part in
data communication again.
Fault status: FMI 7
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) ashes red and the check lamps for the brake, ABS and ASR
light up.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
Wiring harness damaged, other ICU defective on I-CAN, e.g. ZBR, TCO, INST, LGS or TBM
CAN short-circuit, i.e. CAN controller cannot send its own messages. CAN interrupt would
possibly have the same effect but would result in SPN 8101 = "All monitored messages missing"
being entered in the fault memory.
Remedy:
CAN test
Test steps:
Measure on X1 PIN 7 and 8 for CAN High and PIN 13 and 14 for CAN Low.

174 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
02987 Parameter set in combination gauge or chassis number in tachograph not adapted to the
vehicle
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault indication:
The central warning light (STOP) ashes red, but no additional check lamp appears.
Cause of fault:
Chassis number in instrument cluster and in tachograph do not match.
Remedy:
The chassis number can be checked in the instrument (visible). If the number in the instrument
is correct, change the number in the tachograph using the tachograph tester.
Test steps:
The instrument chassis number can be read out by proceeding as follows in the menu: Vehicle -
Monitoring data - Diagnosis - Vehicle characteristic data - Chassis no. If the chassis number in
the instrument is correct, the number must be changed using the tachograph tester. The change
procedure is different, depending on which brand of tester is used.
08101 Total failure of CAN messages, but no BUSOFF
BUSOFF means that a control unit is not taking part in CAN communication.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) ashes red and the check lamps for the brake, ABS and ASR
light up.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
Tachograph (TCO) and central on-board computer have failed.
Remedy:
Check TCO - central on-board computer communication, check cables If the cable discontinuity
is permanent, the SPN fault codes 08101, 08103, 08104 and 08105 appear. The faults must
always be active.
Test steps:
Check the connectors at package X1535 (pin 4 and 5), furthermore on A407 X1/13 and X1/7 and
on A408 A/8 and A/4.
08103 CAN message Tachograph: Road speed and trip mileage counter
TCO1 is the name of the message and TCO stands for tachograph.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) lights up red, but no further check lamp appears.
Display message: Tachograph malfunction
Cause of fault:
The message from the TCO is missing for longer than 5 seconds. If the message is available
again, the fault becomes passive. Note: Do not exchange instrument
Remedy:
Check TCO / check connector and cable. If there is a poor contact, various fault codes may be
displayed alternately (08103, 08104 and 08105) depending on the time of the failure.
Test steps:
Check the connectors at package X1535 (pin 4 and 5), furthermore on A407 X1/13 and X1/7 and
on A408 A/8 and A/4.

T 62 5th edition 175


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08104 CAN message Tachograph: Distances
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) lights up red, but no further check lamp appears.
Display message: Tachograph malfunction
Cause of fault:
The message from the tachograph (TCO) is missing for longer than 5 seconds. If the message
is available again, the fault becomes passive. Note: Do not exchange instrument
Remedy:
Check TCO / check connector and cable.
Test steps:
Check the connectors at package X1535 (pin 4 and 5), furthermore on A407 X1/13 and X1/7 and
on A408 A/8 and A/4.
08105 CAN message Tachograph: Date / Time
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) lights up red, but no further check lamp appears.
Display message: Tachograph malfunction
Cause of fault:
The message from the tachograph (TCO) is missing for longer than 5 seconds. If the message
is available again, the fault becomes passive. Note: Do not exchange instrument
Remedy:
Check TCO / check connector and cable. If there is a poor contact, various fault codes may be
displayed alternately (08103, 08104 and 08105) depending on the time of the failure.
Test steps:
Check the connectors at package X1535 (pin 4 and 5), furthermore on A407 X1/13 and X1/7 and
on A408 A/8 and A/4.
08106 CAN message ECAM: Recording, brake pressures (ECAM1)
ECAM1 is the name of the message and means Electronically Controlled Air Management 1.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault display:
The brake pressure gauge pointers are in park position (as when the ignition is not switched on).
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The central on-board computer sends no message.
Remedy:
Check the central on-board computer
08107 CAN message, ZBR: Tank content
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault display:
The fuel pressure gauge pointer is in park position (as when the ignition is not switched on).
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The central on-board computer (A302) sends no message.
Remedy:
Check central on-board computer (A302)

176 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08108 CAN message EDC: Coolant temperature
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) lights up red, but no further check lamp appears.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The message is missing.
Remedy:
If other SPN faults also appear, e.g. 8111 or 8112, exchange the central on-board computer
(A302).
08109 CAN message, Gearbox control: Gear indicator (ETC2)
ETC2 is the name of the message and ETC means Electronic Transmission Control. The number
2 denes the content (gear indications and shift arrows) of the message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault display:
The gear indication on the display does not work.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The message from the vehicle management computer (403) does not arrive.
Remedy:
Check the vehicle management computer (A403)
Test steps:
Go through the vehicle management computer test step list and compare the values.
08110 CAN message, Gearbox control: Splitter group indicator (gear symbol, ETC3)
ETC3 is the name of the message and ETC means Electronic Transmission Control. The number
3 denes the content (neutral indication, splitter and range-change group) of the message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault display:
Range-change / splitter group indication and N indication (Neutral) on display do not work, not
indicated as fault.
Cause of fault:
The message from the vehicle management computer (403) does not arrive.
Remedy:
Check the vehicle management computer (A403)
Test steps:
Go through the vehicle management computer test step list and compare the values.

T 62 5th edition 177


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08111 CAN message EDC: Charge pressure
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault display:
Not indicated as fault on display; however, the charge pressure indication no longer works (no
bar display).
Cause of fault:
The message from the EDC is missing.
Remedy:
Check EDC
Test steps:
Go through the EDC test step list and compare the values.
08112 CAN message EDC: Speed (rpm)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
The rev counter needle is in park position (as in the case of switched-off ignition).
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
Failure of the message from the EDC
Remedy:
Vehicle management computer, central on-board computer or EDC control unit defective
Test steps:
Go through the vehicle management computer, EDC and central on-board computer test step list
and compare the values.
08113 CAN message, FFR: Outside temperature
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault display:
No temperature is indicated, only "°C" is indicated, but no value.
Cause of fault:
Failure of the message from the vehicle management computer A403
Remedy:
Check the vehicle management computer A403
Test steps:
Go through the vehicle management computer test step list and compare the values.
08114 Control unit defective (ICOM total failure)
ICOM is a VDO-specic databus which connects the individual PCBs (processors).
Fault status: FMI 0
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Cause of fault:
Internal plug connection between the PCBs (processors) is defective.
Remedy:
If the fault occurs frequently, the instrument must be exchanged.

178 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08115 Display fault
Fault status: FMI 0
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Cause of fault:
The fault leads to reinitialisation of the display.
Remedy:
If the fault occurs frequently, the instrument must be exchanged.
08116 Stepper motor, zero point
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; error information only
Remedy:
If the fault occurs frequently, the instrument must be exchanged.
08117 Buffer overow, DM1 fault messages
DM1 stands for Diagnostic Message 1 and is used to send an active fault message.
Fault status: FMI 0
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; error information only
Cause of fault:
The message has an incorrect sequence if several faults are present in a control unit.
Remedy:
Exchange the control unit that is causing the fault (sender) or the instrument (receiver).
Test steps:
Check the CAN bus or check which control unit is causing the fault.
08118 Control unit defective (checksum error, EEPROM)
EEPROM stands electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Remedy:
If the fault occurs frequently, the instrument must be exchanged.
08119 Control unit defective (checksum error, EEPROM during initialisation)
EEPROM stands electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Remedy:
If the fault occurs frequently, the instrument must be exchanged.
08120 Temperature sensor
Fault status: FMI 2
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
The display is tarnished and nothing can be seen.
Cause of fault:
The instrument temperature was below - 40°C.
Remedy:
The temperature in the cab must be increased.

T 62 5th edition 179


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08121 CAN message, ZBR: Status, message 1
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
Fuel level (current tank), reverse gear engaged (2s buzzer), cab lock open or ABS info (no
trailer_ABS available) not working. Certain check lamps or switch states not working. All 4 SPN
faults (08121-08124) are always indicated on the display.
Display message: On-board computer malfunction
Cause of fault:
It is highly likely that the central on-board computer (A302) is defective.
Remedy:
Exchange the central on-board computer (A302)
Test steps:
Check central on-board computer (A302)
08122 CAN message, ZBR: Status, message 2
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault display:
Certain check lamps or switch states not working, e.g. ABS, power take-off, retarder level 1-9,
central lubrication or parking brake check lamp. All 4 SPN faults (08121-08124) are always
indicated on the display.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
It is highly likely that the central on-board computer (A302) is defective.
Remedy:
Exchange the central on-board computer (A302)
Test steps:
Check central on-board computer (A302)
08123 CAN message, ZBR: Status, message 3
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
Certain check lamps or switch states not working, e.g. turn indicators, fog lamp checkback, rear
fog lamp checkback, ame start system or headlight high beam checkback. All 4 SPN faults
(08121-08124) are always indicated on the display.
Display message: On-board computer malfunction
Cause of fault:
It is highly likely that the central on-board computer (A302) is defective.
Remedy:
Exchange the central on-board computer (A302)
Test steps:
Check central on-board computer (A302)

180 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08124 CAN message, ZBR: Status, message 4
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault display:
Certain check lamps or switch states not working, e.g. ESP, frequent-stop brake active, kneeling
lowered or WSK check lamp status. All 4 SPN faults (08121-08124) are always indicated on the
display.
Display message: On-board computer malfunction
Cause of fault:
It is highly likely that the central on-board computer (A302) is defective.
Remedy:
Exchange the central on-board computer (A302)
Test steps:
Check central on-board computer (A302)
08125 CAN message, ZBR: Status, message 5
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Note: Not used, spare only
08126 CAN message, ZBR: Status, message 6
Explanation:
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Note: Not used, spare only
08127 CAN message, ZBR: Status, message 7
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Note: Not used, spare only
08128 CAN message, ZBR: Status, message 8
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Note: Not used, spare only
08129 CAN message, ZBR: DM1 Body Controller
DM1 stands for Diagnostic Message 1 and is used to send an active fault message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault display:
Stop symbol
Display message: On-board computer malfunction
Cause of fault:
On-board computer malfunction
Remedy:
Check central on-board computer (A302)

T 62 5th edition 181


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08130 CAN message EDC: Cruise Control Vehicle Speed (CCVS) for cruise control functionality
CC/VHS means Cruise Control Vehicle Speed
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
The cruise control display is not working.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The message does not come from the vehicle management computer (A403), i.e. check vehicle
management computer (A403).
Remedy:
Exchange the vehicle management computer (A403)
Test steps:
Go through the vehicle management computer test step list and compare the values.
08132 Failure of message Transmission Fluids exclusive or Transmission Fluids WSK
WSK stands for torque converter and clutch system (from the German Wandler Schalt Kupplung)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Used for WSK monitoring.
08133 Parameter conguration defective (consistency, plausibility, assignment error)
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Cause of fault:
Checksum error
Remedy:
Re-parameterise. If the fault still occurs, exchange the instrumentation.
08134 EOL parameter content: fault
EOL means End Of Line (programming).
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Cause of fault:
Only manual programming possible, not possible with MAN-cats ® II.
Remedy:
Read out the software version and check for correctness, re-parameterise. If the fault still occurs,
exchange the instrumentation.

SPN - fault code list (Stoneridge instrument)


The following table lists the fault codes that can be downloaded via diagnosis socket X200 using the
MAN-cats® II diagnosis system in the event of a fault.

SPN – Suspect Parameter Number – fault location

Note: see test step list for test step

182 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
00168 Fault with voltage supply
Fault status: FMI 1
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault indication:
The STOP central warning light (H111) lights up yellow at standstill.
Cause of fault:
The battery voltage is too high (>32V).
Remedy:
Check the signal for plausibility with MAN-cats® II Monitoring, check the alternator, check the
lines, check the plug connections, check the battery.
Test steps:
Perform Monitoring:
Check the "Terminal 30" and "Terminal 15" signals for plausibility using MAN-cats® II (engine
running, nominal value 24-28V).
If these values are OK, perform voltage measurement.
Perform voltage measurement:
Voltage measurement directly on the control unit pins X1/2, X1/1 (+) and X1/3 (-). Desired value
20-28 volts.
If the measured values (measured on the control unit connector) are within the nominal value
range and the fault is still active, exchange the vehicle management computer (A403).
00168 Fault with voltage supply
Fault status: FMI 2
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault indication:
The STOP central warning light (H111) lights up yellow at standstill.
Cause of fault:
The battery voltage is too low(<16V).
Remedy:
Check the signal for plausibility with MAN-cats® II Monitoring, check the alternator, check the
lines, check the plug connections, check the battery.
Test steps:
Perform Monitoring:
Check the "Terminal 30" and "Terminal 15" signals for plausibility using MAN-cats® II (engine
running, nominal value 24-28V).
If these values are OK, perform voltage measurement.
Perform voltage measurement:
Voltage measurement directly on the control unit pins X1/2, X1/1 (+) and X1/3 (-). Desired value
20-28 volts.
If the measured values (measured on the control unit connector) are within the nominal value
range and the fault is still active, exchange the vehicle management computer (A403).

T 62 5th edition 183


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
01235 CAN short-circuit (BUSOFF)
A BUSOFF fault means that the control unit is not taking part in the CAN communication and,
therefore, cannot send a diagnostic fault message (DM). This is detected and indicated by the
"network management". BUSOFF monitoring is active in drive mode (terminal 15 and terminal
30 energised). A control unit must perform a "bus off recovery sequence" in order to take part in
data communication again.
Fault status: FMI 7
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) ashes red and the check lamps for the brake, ABS and ASR
light up.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
Wiring harness damaged, other ICU defective on I-CAN, e.g. ZBR, TCO, INST, LGS or TBM
CAN short-circuit, i.e. CAN controller cannot send its own messages. CAN interrupt would
possibly have the same effect but would result in SPN 8101 = "All monitored messages missing"
being entered in the fault memory.
Remedy:
CAN test
Test steps:
Measure on X1 PIN 7 and 8 for CAN High and PIN 13 and 14 for CAN Low.
02987 Chassis number in instrument cluster and in tachograph do not match
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault indication:
The central warning light (STOP) ashes red, but no additional check lamp appears.
Cause of fault:
The chassis number in the instrument cluster and in the tachograph do not match
Remedy:
The chassis number can be checked in the instrument (visible). If the number in the instrument
is correct, change the number in the tachograph using the tachograph tester.
Test steps:
The instrument chassis number can be read out by proceeding as follows in the menu: Vehicle -
Monitoring data - Diagnosis - Vehicle characteristic data - Chassis no. If the chassis number in
the instrument is correct, the number must be changed using the tachograph tester. The change
procedure is different, depending on which brand of tester is used.

184 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08101 Failure of all I-CAN messages from tachograph and central on-board computer, but no
BUSOFF
BUSOFF means that a control unit is not taking part in CAN communication.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) ashes red and the check lamps for the brake, ABS and ASR
light up.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
Tachograph (TCO) and central on-board computer have failed.
Remedy:
Check TCO - central on-board computer communication, check cables If the cable discontinuity
is permanent, the SPN fault codes 08101, 08103, 08104 and 08105 appear. The faults must
always be active.
Test steps:
Check the connectors at package X1535 (pin 4 and 5), furthermore on A407 X1/13 and X1/7 and
on A408 A/8 and A/4.
08103 Failure of "TCO1" message from tachograph (speed, driver card inserted, tacho disc
inserted)
TCO1 is the name of the message and TCO stands for tachograph. The message contains v
information and a malfunction warning ag.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
The central warning light (STOP) lights up red, but no further check lamp appears.
Display message: Tachograph malfunction
Cause of fault:
The message from the TCO is missing for longer than 5 seconds. If the message is available
again, the fault becomes passive. Note: Do not exchange instrument
Remedy:
Check TCO / check connector and cable. If there is a poor contact, various fault codes may be
displayed alternately (08103, 08104 and 08105) depending on the time of the failure.
Test steps:
Check the connectors at package X1535 (pin 4 and 5), furthermore on A407 X1/13 and X1/7 and
on A408 A/8 and A/4.
08104 Failure of message Vehicle Distance from tachograph (trip mileage counter, odometer)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault indication:
The central warning light (STOP) lights up red, but no further check lamp appears.
Display message: Tachograph malfunction
Cause of fault:
The message from the tachograph (TCO) is missing for longer than 5 seconds. If the message
is available again, the fault becomes passive. Note: Do not exchange instrument
Remedy:
Check TCO / check connector and cable
Test steps:
Check the connectors at package X1535 (pin 4 and 5), furthermore on A407 X1/13 and X1/7 and
on A408 A/8 and A/4.

T 62 5th edition 185


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08105 Failure of message "Time Date" from tachograph
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault indication:
The central warning light (STOP) lights up red, but no further check lamp appears.
Display message: Tachograph malfunction
Cause of fault:
The message from the tachograph (TCO) is missing for longer than 5 seconds. If the message
is available again, the fault becomes passive. Note: Do not exchange instrument
Remedy:
Check TCO / check connector and cable. If there is a poor contact, various fault codes may be
displayed alternately (08103, 08104 and 08105) depending on the time of the failure.
Test steps:
Check the connectors at package X1535 (pin 4 and 5), furthermore on A407 X1/13 and X1/7 and
on A408 A/8 and A/4.
08106 Failure of message "ECAM1" from central on-board computer (reservoir pressures for all
brake circuits)
ECAM1 is the name of the message and means Electronically Controlled Air Management 1.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault display:
The brake pressure gauge pointers are in park position (as when the ignition is not switched on).
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The central on-board computer (A302) sends no message.
Remedy:
Check central on-board computer (A302)
08107 Failure of message "Dash Display" from central on-board computer (fuel tank content)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault indication:
The fuel pressure gauge pointer is in park position (as when the ignition is not switched on).
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The central on-board computer (A302) sends no message.
Remedy:
Check central on-board computer (A302)
08108 Failure of message "Engine Temperature" from EDC (coolant temperature)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault indication:
The central warning light (STOP) lights up red, but no further check lamp appears.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The message is missing.
Remedy:
If other SPN faults also appear, e.g. 8111 or 8112, exchange the central on-board computer.

186 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08109 Failure of message "ETC2" (gear information), from vehicle management computer if
manual gearbox tted, from gearbox control unit if automatic gearbox tted
ETC2 is the name of the message and means Electronic Transmission Control 2. The number 2
denes the content (gear indications and shift arrows) of the message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault display:
The gear indication on the display does not work.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The message from the vehicle management computer (403) does not arrive.
Remedy:
Check the vehicle management computer (A403)
Test steps:
Go through the ECU vehicle management computer4 test step list and compare the values.
08110 Failure of message "ETC3" from vehicle management computer (splitter group), only if
manual gearbox tted
ETC3 is the name of the message and ETC means Electronic Transmission Control. The number
3 denes the content (neutral indication, splitter and range-change group) of the message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault display:
Range-change / splitter group indication and N indication (Neutral) on display do not work, not
indicated as fault.
Cause of fault:
The message from the vehicle management computer (403) does not arrive.
Remedy:
Check the vehicle management computer (A403)
Test steps:
Go through the ECU vehicle management computer4 test step list and compare the values.
08111 Failure of message "Inlet / Exhaust Conditions" from EDC (charge pressure)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault indication:
Not indicated as fault on display; however, the charge pressure indication no longer works (no
bar display).
Cause of fault:
The message from the EDC is missing.
Remedy:
Check EDC
Test steps:
Go through the EDC test step list and compare the values.

T 62 5th edition 187


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08112 Failure of message "EEC1" from EDC (rpm)
EEC1 is the name of the message and means Electronic Engine Controller 1. The number 1
denes the content (engine speed) of the message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
Rev counter needle in park position (as in the case of switched-off ignition).
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
Failure of the message from EDC
Remedy:
Vehicle management computer, central on-board computer or EDC control unit defective
Test steps:
Go through the ECU vehicle management computer4, central on-board computer and EDC test
step list and compare the values.
08113 Failure of message "Ambient Conditions" from vehicle management computer: (Outside
temperature)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault indication:
No temperature is indicated, only "°C" is indicated, but no value.
Cause of fault:
Failure of the message from the vehicle management computer (A403)
Remedy:
Check the vehicle management computer (A403)
Test steps:
Go through the ECU vehicle management computer4 test step list and compare the values.
08120 Internal instrumentation temperature out of permitted range
Fault status: FMI 1
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault indication:
The display no longer indicates anything or is blurred. In extreme cases, bubbles may form as
well.
Cause of fault:
The instrument temperature was above 85°C.
Remedy:
If bubbles have formed, exchange the instrument. If the display is blurred, the instrument may
work again after it has cooled down.
Test steps:
Visual inspection of the instrument
08120 Internal instrumentation temperature out of permitted range
Fault status: FMI 2
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault indication:
The display is tarnished and nothing can be seen.
Cause of fault:
The instrument temperature was below - 40°C.
Remedy:
The temperature in the cab must be increased.

188 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08121 Failure of message "AUX_STAT_1" from central on-board computer (check lamps, switch
states)
AUX_STAT_1 is the name of the message and the exact designation of the central on-board
computer (A302) is: AUX STAT ZBR. The number denes the content of the message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault indication:
Fuel level (current tank), reverse gear engaged (2s buzzer), cab lock open or ABS info (no
trailer_ABS available) not working. Certain check lamps or switch states not working. All 4 SPN
faults (08121-08124) are always indicated on the display.
Display message: On-board computer malfunction
Cause of fault:
It is highly likely that the central on-board computer (A302) is defective.
Remedy:
Exchange the central on-board computer (A302)
Test steps:
Check central on-board computer (A302)
08122 Failure of message "AUX_STAT_2" from central on-board computer (check lamps, switch
states)
AUX_STAT_2 is the name of the message and the exact designation of the central on-board
computer (A302) is: AUX STAT ZBR. The number denes the content of the message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault indication:
Certain check lamps or switch states not working, e.g. ABS, power take-off, retarder level 1-9,
central lubrication or parking brake check lamp. All 4 SPN faults (08121-08124) are always
indicated on the display.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
It is highly likely that the central on-board computer (A302) is defective.
Remedy:
Exchange the central on-board computer (A302)
Test steps:
Check central on-board computer (A302)
08123 Failure of message "AUX_STAT_3" from central on-board computer (check lamps, switch
states)
AUX_STAT_3 is the name of the message and the exact designation of the central on-board
computer (A302) is: AUX STAT ZBR
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault indication:
Certain check lamps or switch states not working, e.g. turn indicators, fog lamp checkback, rear
fog lamp checkback, ame start system or headlight high beam checkback. All 4 SPN faults
(08121-08124) are always indicated on the display.
Display message: On-board computer malfunction
Cause of fault:
It is highly likely that the central on-board computer (A302) is defective.
Remedy:
Exchange the central on-board computer (A302)
Test steps:
Check central on-board computer (A302)

T 62 5th edition 189


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08124 Failure of message "AUX_STAT_4" from central on-board computer (check lamps, switch
states)
AUX_STAT_4 is the name of the message and the exact designation of the central on-board
computer (A302) is: AUX STAT ZBR.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault indication:
Certain check lamps or switch states not working, e.g. ESP, frequent-stop brake active, kneeling
lowered or WSK check lamp status. All 4 SPN faults (08121-08124) are always indicated on the
display.
Display message: On-board computer malfunction
Cause of fault:
It is highly likely that the central on-board computer (A302) is defective.
Remedy:
Exchange the central on-board computer (A302)
Test steps:
Check central on-board computer (A302)
08125 Failure of message "AUX_STAT_5" from central on-board computer (check lamps, switch
states)
AUX_STAT_5 is the name of the message and the exact designation of the central on-board
computer (A302) is: AUX STAT ZBR.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Note: Not used, spare only
08126 Failure of message "AUX_STAT_6" from central on-board computer (check lamps, switch
states)
AUX_STAT_6 is the name of the message and the exact designation of the central on-board
computer (A302) is: AUX STAT ZBR.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Note: Not used, spare only
08127 Failure of message "AUX_STAT_7" from central on-board computer (check lamps, switch
states)
AUX_STAT_7 is the name of the message and the exact designation of the central on-board
computer (A302) is: AUX STAT ZBR.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Note: Not used, spare only
08128 Failure of message "AUX_STAT_8" from central on-board computer (check lamps, switch
states)
AUX_STAT_8 is the name of the message and the exact designation of the central on-board
computer (A302) is: AUX STAT ZBR.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Note: Not used, spare only

190 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08129 Failure of message DM1 "Body Controller" from central on-board computer (central
on-board computer monitoring available on CAN and ready for operation)
DM1 stands for Diagnostic Message 1 and is used to send an active fault message.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Fault indication:
Stop symbol
Display message: On-board computer malfunction
Cause of fault:
On-board computer malfunction
Remedy:
Check central on-board computer
08130 Failure of message "CC/VHS" from vehicle management computer (cruise control
functionality)
CC/VHS means Cruise Control Vehicle Speed.
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 2
Possibly workshop-relevant fault, indication of malfunction
Fault display:
The cruise control display is not working.
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The message does not come from the vehicle management computer (A403), i.e. check vehicle
management computer (A403).
Remedy:
Exchange the vehicle management computer (A403)
Test steps:
Go through the ECU vehicle management computer4 test step list and compare the values.
08131 Tachograph does not send the chassis number when prompted
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Cause of fault:
Tachograph (TCO) does not send chassis number
Remedy:
Check TCO, check cable and connector
08133 Error in parameter tables / parameterisation defective
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Cause of fault:
Checksum error
Remedy:
Re-parameterise. If the fault still occurs, exchange the instrumentation

T 62 5th edition 191


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08134 Error in EOL parameter content
EOL means End Of Line (programming).
Fault status: FMI 3
Priority: 1
If the STOP symbol appears, the engine must be stopped.
Cause of fault:
Only manual programming possible, not possible with MAN-cats ® II.
Remedy:
Read out the software version and check for correctness, re-parameterise. If the fault still occurs,
exchange the instrumentation.
08135 Failure message "Tank info 1" from central on-board computer (AdBlue tank ll level)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 5
Display when vehicle in motion and at standstill; fault information only
Fault indication:
The AdBlue gauge is not working, the needle is in park position (as in the case of switched-off
ignition).
Display message: Electrical system fault
Cause of fault:
The message "Tank info1" is missing.
Remedy:
Check AdBlue and EDC control unit
Test steps:
Check the tank ll level using MAN-cats® II.
08200 Buttons on multifunctional steering wheel A943 jamming or pressed for too long
Fault status: FMI 9
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault indication:
The multifunctional steering wheel is not working perfectly.
Cause of fault:
The buttons are detected as stuck, with a different time provided, depending on button. Button
1 and 2 (right) 90 seconds, buttons 9 and 10 (left) 30 seconds and all other buttons 5 minutes, .
Warning: modication planned, all buttons are to be increased to a time limit of 10 minutes
Remedy:
Exchange the multifunctional steering wheel A943.
Test steps:
Press the buttons to see whether some of them are stuck.

192 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08201 Failure LIN message "MFL1" from multifunctional steering wheel A943. Either the vehicle
management computer (A403) does not send the message or the multifunctional steering
wheel enters no data in the message.
MFL1 is the name of the message.
LIN means Local Interconnect Network (databus system)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault display:
The multifunctional steering wheel A943 is not working.
Cause of fault:
The multifunctional steering wheel A943 enters no data in the message sent by the vehicle
management computer (A403) or the message was not sent by the vehicle management computer
(A403).
Remedy:
Note: This fault is only output in the case of instrument software R08 and R20 In the case
of version R22 or later, the SPN faults 8202 / 8203 are output. Check the multifunctional steering
wheel A943 and vehicle management computer. Use an oscilloscope to check whether the
signals are available or whether the headers are available. Check LIN data line for discontinuity
and short-circuit, check plug connections.
Test steps:
The oscillogram indicates three signals, whereby the multifunctional steering wheel A943 and
steering column stalk signals are about the same length (approx. 10 ms) and the instrument
signal is a little shorter (approx. 8 ms). Everything must be in perfect condition for this. The
signal sequence depends on the trigger point and the trigger ank. All measurements were taken
at vehicle management computer A403 X2 pin 8 (64512) using a digital oscilloscope.
If the data line fails completely, only the headers are seen (shorter signal approx. 5 ms), see
Oscillograms from the LIN databus, 195 . However, a digital oscilloscope is required in order to
see the difference.
If the LIN headers fail, a straight line is indicated at Ubat.
If there is a short-circuit to ground, the oscilloscope indicates a straight line at 0.
08202 Failure LIN message "MFL1". Multifunctional steering wheel enters no data in the message
sent by the vehicle management computer (A403)
MFL1 is the name of the message.
LIN means Local Interconnect Network (databus system)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault display:
The multifunctional steering wheel A943 is not working.
Cause of fault:
The multifunctional steering wheel A943 enters no data in the message sent by the vehicle
management computer (A403).
Remedy:
Note: This fault is not output in the case of instrument software R08 and R20 Check the
multifunctional steering wheel A943 and LIN data line for discontinuity and short-circuit, check
plug connections.
Test steps:
If a digital oscilloscope is used, it can be seen that no data have been entered as there is only
the header signal, see Oscillograms from the LIN databus, 195. . The oscilloscope is connected
to the vehicle management computer A403 X2 pin 8 (64512) and checks the signal.

T 62 5th edition 193


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

SPN SPN-Plain text


Description
08203 Failure LIN message "MFL1". Vehicle management computer does not send message
MFL1 is the name of the message.
LIN means Local Interconnect Network (databus system)
Fault status: FMI 4
Priority: 4
No fault is indicated on the display, the central warning light does not light up or ash and no other
check lamp lights up.
Fault display:
The multifunctional steering wheel A943 is not working.
Cause of fault:
The vehicle management computer (A403) does not send the message.
Remedy:
Note: This fault is not output in the case of instrument software R08 and R20 Use the
oscilloscope to check whether there are deections.
Test steps:
Connect the oscilloscope to the vehicle management computer at X2 pin 8 (64512) and check
the signal, see Oscillograms from the LIN databus, 195.

194 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Oscillograms from the LIN databus

The following gure shows an oscillogram from the LIN databus without any faults. It lasts around 60 ms. The
signal sequence depends on the trigger point and the trigger ank. Here triggering takes place on the rst
falling ank. All measurements were taken on the vehicle management computer (A403) connector 2 PIN 8.

(1) Steering column stalk (3) Instrument


(2) Multifunctional steering wheel

The next gure shows the failure of all stations (discontinuity of data line to vehicle management computer
(A403) connector 2 PIN 8)

However, it may also be that only one station fails, in which case only its gure changes and the other two
remain the same. If one station fails, either there is discontinuity in the data line or there is no voltage supply
for this station.

Note: If no deections are visible on the oscilloscope, there is a LIN-Master (vehicle management computer)
defect.

(4) Failure, steering column stalk


(5) Failure, multifunctional steering wheel
(6) Failure, instrument

T 62 5th edition 195


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Test step list

Baseline instrumentation (TGA, buses, X models)

SN: ............................................................... Tester: ..........................................................


Customer: .......................................................... First registration: .............................................
Vehicle type: ................................................ Chassis no.: ............................................
Engine model: ...................................................... Engine number: .............................................
CR high-pressure pump: ................................... Control unit no.: ...........................................
Mileage (km): ................................................. Date: .........................................................

MAN-cats® II must be used to produce a summary of the Baseline instrumentation fault memory to
accompany the completed test step list.
– Use the vehicle-specic overviews for troubleshooting.
– When a voltage is being measured, the ignition is switched on.
– When a resistance is being measured, the ignition is switched off and the instrument connector on which the
resistance values are being measured is disconnected. In the case of the CAN databus, the instrumentation
connector is also connected when measuring the resistance. This means that the internal terminating
resistor resistance of the CAN databus is also measured.
– Voltages and resistances between the pins are measured using a multimeter (e.g. FLUKE 87).
– Never measure at the plug contacts themselves without using suitable test probes! Danger of
bending open the contacts!

Voltage supply

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply terminal 15
16 - 32V
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation X1/18 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 15) (F398) - lamp ground
Voltage supply terminal 30
16 - 32V
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation X1/17 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 30) (F412) - lamp ground
Voltage supply, terminal 58 dimmed
X1/12 X1/16 On 0V .........
when terminal 58 "OFF"
Voltage supply, terminal 58 dimmed
when terminal 58 "ON"
Set instrumentation brightness to
highest value (bar indicator, left X1/12 X1/16 On approx. 12V .........
LCD)
Measure at medium ambient
brightness
16 - 32V
(UBat) when
Voltage supply, terminal 58, parking parking
lights, fuse, instrument, switch and X1/9 X1/16 On lights "ON"; .........
pushbutton unit illumination (F125) actuate
light switch
(S111)

T 62 5th edition 197


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

LED outputs

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
LED output (UBat) after
Trucks, buses: switch is
X5/2 X1/16 On .........
Button, lighting learning routine actuated;
(S329) switch LED
comes on
LED output
16 - 32V
Trucks:
(UBat) after
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading
switch is
axle, raise/relieve (S266) X5/3 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
Buses:
switch LED
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II
comes on
(S162)
LED output 16 - 32V
Trucks: (UBat) after
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) switch is
X5/4 X1/16 On .........
Buses: actuated;
Switch, LOWERING/ECAS loading switch LED
/unloading (S163) comes on
16 - 32V
LED output (UBat) after
Trucks, buses: switch is
X5/5 X1/16 On .........
Button, ECAS, starting-traction actuated;
control (S267) switch LED
comes on

Switch inputs (high active)

The following applies to all high-active switches: Voltage at pin X5/n and pin X6/15 - X6/18 = 0V if the switch
is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/1 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/7 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/8 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/9 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated

198 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/10 X1/16 On .........
Trucks: Button, ACC, distance switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/11 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
Switch input 16 - 32V
Trucks, buses: (UBat) after
X5/12 X1/16 On .........
Button, headlight cleaning system switch is
(S193) actuated
Switch input 16 - 32V
Trucks, buses: (UBat) after
X5/13 X1/16 On .........
Button, ECAS, starting-traction switch is
control (S267) actuated
Switch input
Trucks:
16 - 32V
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading
(UBat) after
axle, raise/relieve (S266) X5/14 X1/16 On .........
switch is
Buses:
actuated
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II
(S162)
Switch input
Trucks: 16 - 32V
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) (UBat) after
X5/15 X1/16 On .........
Buses: switch is
Switch, lowering/ECAS loading actuated
/unloading (S163)
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Trucks, buses:
X5/16 X1/16 On switch is .........
Switch/button combination, fog
actuated;
lamps/rear fog lamp (S483)
2nd stage
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Trucks, buses:
X5/17 X1/16 On switch is .........
Switch/button combination, fog
actuated;
lamps/rear fog lamp (S483)
1st stage
Switch input 16 - 32V
Trucks, buses: (UBat) after
X5/18 X1/16 On .........
Button, lighting learning routine switch is
(S329) actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/15 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/16 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated

T 62 5th edition 199


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) toilet
Buses: X6/17 X1/16 On check lamp .........
Multiplex node, front right 2.1 (A421) (H135) is
activated
16 - 32V
UBat) Check
lamp, trailing
Switch input axle/leading
Buses: X6/18 X1/16 On axle, .........
Multiplex node, front left 1.1 (A411) steering,
fault (red)
(H246) is
activated

Switch inputs (low active)

The following applies to all low-active switches: Voltage at pin X6/n = UBat if the switch is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Switch input 0V
Trucks: Belt check
X6/1 X1/16 On .........
Switch in seat belt buckle, driver lamp (H177)
(S252) is activated
0V
Trucks:
Tipper check
Switch input lamp (H148)
Trucks: is activated
Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) X6/2 X1/16 On Buses: .........
Buses: Charge
Multiplex node, front right 2.1 (A421) check lamp,
alternator
2 (H138) is
activated
0V
Switch input Airbag
Trucks: X6/3 X1/16 On check lamp .........
Control unit, airbag (A486) (H303) is
activated
0V
Trucks:
EMERGENCY
OFF fault
Switch input
check lamp
Trucks:
(H304) is
Control unit, battery isolator switch,
X6/4 X1/16 On activated .........
battery EMERGENCY OFF (A317)
Buses:
Buses:
Multiplex
Multiplex central computer (A360)
check
lamp (fault)
(H341) is
activated

200 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Buses:
Windscreen
Multiplex node, front, control units
X6/6 X1/16 On heater check .........
1.3 (A413) - relay, windscreen heater
lamp (H426)
(K524, K525)
is activated
0V
Trucks:
Taillift check
Switch input lamp (H254)
Trucks: is activated
Relay, taillift (K467) X6/7 X1/16 On Buses: .........
Buses: Power
Control unit, steering (A690) steering
check lamp
(H438) is
activated
0V
Switch input Oil top-up oil
Buses: X6/14 X1/16 On level check .........
Multiplex node, front left 1.1 (A411) lamp (H324)
is activated

K-line diagnosis

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
K-line diagnosis
(UBat)
Trucks, buses:
X1/1 X1/16 On MAN-cats® II .........
Diagnosis socket (X200)
not
Condition: No data trafc on K-line
connected
K-line diagnosis 0 - 32V
Trucks, buses: (UBat - 2V)
X1/1 X1/16 On .........
Diagnosis socket (X200) MAN-cats® II
With data trafc on K-line connected

Input, central warning light, RED

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Central
warning light
Input, central warning light, RED
not activated
Trucks, buses: .........
X1/2 X1/3 On 16 - 32V
Central on-board computer (A302) - .........
(UBat - 2V)
ground, central warning light
Central
warning light
activated

T 62 5th edition 201


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Buzzer signal, central on-board computer

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Buzzer signal
Central on-board computer
Trucks, buses:
Central on-board computer (A302)
When the hazard warning lights are Cannot
switched on after terminal 15 "OFF" 16 - 32V be
(and after delayed switch-off of the X1/6 X1/16 Off (UBat) short measured
central on-board computer), the signal with
instrumentation is "woken up" with a multimeter
short pulse (< 250msec) so that the
instrumentation's hazard warning
light LED and hazard warning light
sound are activated.

CAN databus

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Trucks, buses:
Resistance between M-TCO-CAN
High and M-TCO-CAN Low approx. 60Ω
.........
Instrumentation connector X1/7 X1/13 Off approx.
.........
connected 120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
Trucks, buses: 2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN high X1/7 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground signal *
Trucks, buses: 2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN low X1/13 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground signal *
Trucks, buses:
Resistance between I-CAN High and
I-CAN Low approx. 60Ω
.........
Instrumentation connector X1/8 X1/14 Off approx.
.........
connected 120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
Trucks, buses: 2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between I-CAN High and X1/8 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground signal *
Trucks, buses: 2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between I-CAN Low and X1/14 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground signal *

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

202 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Multifunctional steering wheel (A943) voltage supply terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply terminal 15
16 - 32V
Multifunctional steering wheel X/1 X/2 On .........
(UBat)
(A943)

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

Multi-function display (A447), supply voltage, terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Off-road gear
16 - 32V
Trucks: 18 1 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, off-road range (H167)
Differential lock, interaxle, rear axle
Trucks: 16 - 32V
18 3 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
interaxle, rear axle (H407)
differential lock, transverse, front
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 18 4 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, front axle (H165)
Neutral position
Trucks: 16 - 32V
18 7 On .........
Check lamp, neutral position, (UBat)
transfer case (H168)
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 18 9 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, rear axle (H164)
Differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 18 14 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, 2nd rear axle (H338)
Differential lock, interaxle, transfer
case/manually selectable front axle
Trucks: 16 - 32V
18 15 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
interaxle, transfer case/manually
selectable front axle (H428)

T 62 5th edition 203


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Voltage supply, terminal 58 (one-stage dimming)

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Off-road gear
16 - 32V
Trucks: 12 1 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, off-road range (H167)
Differential lock, interaxle, rear axle
Trucks: 16 - 32V
12 3 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
interaxle, rear axle (H407)
differential lock, transverse, front
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 12 4 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, front axle (H165)
Neutral position
Trucks: 16 - 32V
12 7 On .........
Check lamp, neutral position, (UBat)
transfer case (H168)
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 12 9 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, rear axle (H164)
Differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 12 14 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, 2nd rear axle (H338)
Differential lock, interaxle, transfer
case/manually selectable front axle
Trucks: 16 - 32V
12 15 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
interaxle, transfer case/manually
selectable front axle (H428)

Deleting the fault memory using MAN-cats® II

The fault memory must be read out, and the faults must be archived. After remedying all the faults, the fault
memory must be deleted using MAN-cats® II.

There must not be any faults in the memory when the ignition is switched back on. Otherwise, search for the
fault and remedy the problem.

204 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Highline instrumentation (TGA, buses, X models)

SN: ............................................................... Tester: ..........................................................


Customer: .......................................................... First registration: .............................................
Vehicle type: ................................................ Chassis no.: ............................................
Engine model: ...................................................... Engine number: .............................................
CR high-pressure pump: ................................... Control unit no.: ...........................................
Mileage (km): ................................................. Date: .........................................................

MAN-cats® II must be used to produce a summary of the Highline instrumentation fault memory to
accompany the completed test step list.
– Use the vehicle-specic overviews for troubleshooting.
– When a voltage is being measured, the ignition is switched on.
– When a resistance is being measured, the ignition is switched off and the instrument connector on which the
resistance values are being measured is disconnected. In the case of the CAN databus, the instrumentation
connector is also connected when measuring the resistance. This means that the internal terminating
resistor resistance of the CAN databus is also measured.
– Voltages and resistances between the pins are measured using a multimeter (e.g. FLUKE 87).
– Never measure at the plug contacts themselves without using suitable test probes! Danger of
bending open the contacts!

Voltage supply

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply terminal 15
16 - 32V
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation X1/18 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 15) (F398) - lamp ground
Voltage supply terminal 30
16 - 32V
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation X1/17 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 30) (F412) - lamp ground
Voltage supply, terminal 58, dimmed
X1/12 X1/16 On 0V .........
when terminal 58 "OFF"
Voltage supply, terminal 58 dimmed
when terminal 58 "ON"
Set instrumentation brightness to
highest value (bar indicator, left X1/12 X1/16 On approx. 12V .........
LCD)
Measure at medium ambient
brightness
16 - 32V
(UBat) when
Voltage supply, terminal 58, parking parking
lights, fuse, instrument, switch and X1/9 X1/16 On lights "ON"; .........
pushbutton unit illumination (F125) actuate
light switch
(S111)

T 62 5th edition 205


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

LED outputs

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
LED output (UBat) after
Trucks, buses: switch is
X5/2 X1/16 On .........
Button, lighting learning routine actuated;
(S329) switch LED
comes on
LED output
16 - 32V
Trucks:
(UBat) after
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading
switch is
axle, raise/relieve (S266) X5/3 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
Buses:
switch LED
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II
comes on
(S162)
LED output 16 - 32V
Trucks: (UBat) after
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) switch is
X5/4 X1/16 On .........
Buses: actuated;
Switch, LOWERING/ECAS loading switch LED
/unloading (S163) comes on
16 - 32V
LED output (UBat) after
Trucks, buses: switch is
X5/5 X1/16 On .........
Button, ECAS, starting-traction actuated;
control (S267) switch LED
comes on

Switch inputs (high active)

The following applies to all high-active switches: Voltage at pin X5/n and pin X6/15 - X6/18 = 0V if the switch
is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/1 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/7 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/8 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/9 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated

206 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/10 X1/16 On .........
Trucks: Button, ACC, distance switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/11 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
Switch input 16 - 32V
Trucks, buses: (UBat) after
X5/12 X1/16 On .........
Button, headlight cleaning system switch is
(S193) actuated
Switch input 16 - 32V
Trucks, buses: (UBat) after
X5/13 X1/16 On .........
Button, ECAS, starting-traction switch is
control (S267) actuated
Switch input
Trucks:
16 - 32V
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading
(UBat) after
axle, raise/relieve (S266) X5/14 X1/16 On .........
switch is
Buses:
actuated
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II
(S162)
Switch input
Trucks: 16 - 32V
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) (UBat) after
X5/15 X1/16 On .........
Buses: switch is
Switch, lowering/ECAS loading actuated
/unloading (S163)
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Trucks, buses:
X5/16 X1/16 On switch is .........
Switch/button combination, fog
actuated;
lamps/rear fog lamp (S483)
2nd stage
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Trucks, buses:
X5/17 X1/16 On switch is .........
Switch/button combination, fog
actuated;
lamps/rear fog lamp (S483)
1st stage
Switch input 16 - 32V
Trucks, buses: (UBat) after
X5/18 X1/16 On .........
Button, lighting learning routine switch is
(S329) actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/15 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/16 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated

T 62 5th edition 207


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) toilet
Buses: X6/17 X1/16 On check lamp .........
Multiplex node, front right 2.1 (A421) (H135) is
activated
16 - 32V
UBat) Check
lamp, trailing
Switch input axle/leading
Buses: X6/18 X1/16 On axle, .........
Multiplex node, front left 1.1 (A411) steering,
fault (red)
(H246) is
activated

Switch inputs (low active)

The following applies to all low-active switches: Voltage at pin X6/n = UBat if the switch is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Switch input 0V
Trucks: Belt check
X6/1 X1/16 On .........
Switch in seat belt buckle, driver lamp (H177)
(S252) is activated
0V
Trucks:
Tipper check
Switch input lamp (H148)
Trucks: is activated
Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) X6/2 X1/16 On Buses: .........
Buses: Charge
Multiplex node, front right 2.1 (A421) check lamp,
alternator
2 (H138) is
activated
0V
Switch input Airbag
Trucks: X6/3 X1/16 On check lamp .........
Control unit, airbag (A486) (H303) is
activated
0V
Trucks:
EMERGENCY
OFF fault
Switch input
check lamp
Trucks:
(H304) is
Control unit, battery isolator switch,
X6/4 X1/16 On activated .........
battery EMERGENCY OFF (A317)
Buses:
Buses:
Multiplex
Multiplex central computer (A360)
check
lamp (fault)
(H341) is
activated

208 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Buses:
Windscreen
Multiplex node, front, control units
X6/6 X1/16 On heater check .........
1.3 (A413) - relay, windscreen heater
lamp (H426)
(K524, K525)
is activated
0V
Trucks:
Taillift check
Switch input lamp (H254)
Trucks: is activated
Relay, taillift (K467) X6/7 X1/16 On Buses: .........
Buses: Power
Control unit, steering (A690) steering
check lamp
(H438) is
activated
0V
Switch input Oil top-up oil
Buses: X6/14 X1/16 On level check .........
Multiplex node, front left 1.1 (A411) lamp (H324)
is activated

K-line diagnosis

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
K-line diagnosis
(UBat)
Trucks, buses:
X1/1 X1/16 On MAN-cats® II .........
Diagnosis socket (X200)
not
Condition: No data trafc on K-line
connected
K-line diagnosis 0 - 32V
Trucks, buses: (UBat - 2V)
X1/1 X1/16 On .........
Diagnosis socket (X200) MAN-cats® II
With data trafc on K-line connected

Input, central warning light, RED

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Central
warning light
Input, central warning light, RED
not activated
Trucks, buses: .........
X1/2 X1/3 On 16 - 32V
Central on-board computer (A302) - .........
(UBat - 2V)
ground, central warning light
Central
warning light
activated

T 62 5th edition 209


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Buzzer signal, central on-board computer

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Buzzer signal
Central on-board computer
Trucks, buses:
Central on-board computer (A302)
When the hazard warning lights are Cannot
switched on after terminal 15 "OFF" 16 - 32V be
(and after delayed switch-off of the X1/6 X1/16 Off (UBat) short measured
central on-board computer), the signal with
instrumentation is "woken up" with a multimeter
short pulse (< 250msec) so that the
instrumentation's hazard warning
light LED and hazard warning light
sound are activated.

CAN databus

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Trucks, buses:
Resistance between M-TCO-CAN
High and M-TCO-CAN Low approx. 60Ω
.........
Instrumentation connector X1/7 X1/13 Off approx.
.........
connected 120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
Trucks, buses: 2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN high X1/7 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground signal *
Trucks, buses: 2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN low X1/13 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground signal *
Trucks, buses:
Resistance between I-CAN High and
I-CAN Low approx. 60Ω
.........
Instrumentation connector X1/8 X1/14 Off approx.
.........
connected 120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
Trucks, buses: 2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between I-CAN High and X1/8 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground signal *
Trucks, buses: 2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between I-CAN Low and X1/14 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground signal *
Trucks, buses: 2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between H-CAN High and X1/11 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground signal *
Trucks, buses: 2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between H-CAN Low and X1/10 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground signal *

210 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

Trucks, buses - Highline:

It is not possible to measure the resistance between CAN databus H-CAN high (instrumentation A407 pin
X1/11) and H-CAN low (instrumentation A407 pin X1/10).

MMI control unit A574

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Trucks, buses: approx. 0 -
Voltage supply terminal 30 X/1 X/2 On 32V .........
Control unit, MMI (A574) (UBat)
Trucks, buses: approx. 0 -
Voltage supply terminal 15 X/3 X/2 On 32V .........
Control unit, MMI (A574) (UBat)
Trucks, buses:
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between H-CAN High and
X/6 X/2 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
Control unit, MMI (A574)
Trucks, buses:
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between H-CAN Low and
X/4 X/2 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
Control unit, MMI (A574)
Trucks, buses:
Voltage supply terminal 58 dimmed
X/8 X/2 On 0V .........
Control unit, MMI (A574) when
terminal 58 "OFF"
Trucks, buses:
Voltage supply terminal 58 dimmed
Control unit, MMI (A574) when
terminal 58 "ON"
X/8 X/2 On approx. 12V .........
Set instrumentation brightness to
highest value (bar indicator, left LCD)
Measure at medium ambient
brightness

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

Multifunctional steering wheel (A943) voltage supply terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply, terminal 15
16 - 32V
Multifunctional steering wheel X/1 X/2 On .........
(UBat)
(A943)

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

T 62 5th edition 211


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Multi-function display (A447), supply voltage, terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Off-road gear
16 - 32V
Trucks: 18 1 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, off-road range (H167)
Differential lock, interaxle, rear axle
Trucks: 16 - 32V
18 3 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
interaxle, rear axle (H407)
differential lock, transverse, front
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 18 4 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, front axle (H165)
Neutral position
Trucks: 16 - 32V
18 7 On .........
Check lamp, neutral position, (UBat)
transfer case (H168)
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 18 9 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, rear axle (H164)
Differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 18 14 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, 2nd rear axle (H338)
Differential lock, interaxle, transfer
case/manually selectable front axle
Trucks: 16 - 32V
18 15 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
interaxle, transfer case/manually
selectable front axle (H428)

Voltage supply, terminal 58 (one-stage dimming)

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Off-road gear
16 - 32V
Trucks: 12 1 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, off-road range (H167)
Differential lock, interaxle, rear axle
Trucks: 16 - 32V
12 3 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
interaxle, rear axle (H407)
differential lock, transverse, front
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 12 4 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, front axle (H165)

212 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Neutral position
Trucks: 16 - 32V
12 7 On .........
Check lamp, neutral position, (UBat)
transfer case (H168)
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 12 9 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, rear axle (H164)
Differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear
axle
16 - 32V
Trucks: 12 14 On .........
(UBat)
Check lamp, differential lock,
transverse, 2nd rear axle (H338)
Differential lock, interaxle, transfer
case/manually selectable front axle
Trucks: 16 - 32V
12 15 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
interaxle, transfer case/manually
selectable front axle (H428)

Deleting the fault memory using MAN-cats® II

The fault memory must be read out, and the faults must be archived. After remedying all the faults, the fault
memory must be deleted using MAN-cats® II.

There must not be any faults in the memory when the ignition is switched back on. Otherwise, search for the
fault and remedy the problem.

T 62 5th edition 213


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Baseline instrumentation (TGL, TGM)

SN: ............................................................... Tester: ..........................................................


Customer: .......................................................... First registration: .............................................
Vehicle type: ................................................ Chassis no.: ............................................
Engine model: ...................................................... Engine number: .............................................
CR high-pressure pump: ................................... Control unit no.: ...........................................
Mileage (km): ................................................. Date: .........................................................

MAN-cats® II must be used to produce a summary of the Baseline instrumentation fault memory to
accompany the completed test step list.
– Use the vehicle-specic overviews for troubleshooting.
– When a voltage is being measured, the ignition is switched on.
– When a resistance is being measured, the ignition is switched off and the instrument connector on which the
resistance values are being measured is disconnected. In the case of the CAN databus, the instrumentation
connector is also connected when measuring the resistance. This means that the internal terminating
resistor resistance of the CAN databus is also measured.
– Voltages and resistances between the pins are measured using a multimeter (e.g. FLUKE 87).
– Never measure at the plug contacts themselves without using suitable test probes! Danger of
bending open the contacts!

Voltage supply

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply terminal 15
16 - 32V
Tachograph, instrumentation X1/18 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 15) - lamp ground
Voltage supply terminal 30
16 - 32V
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation X1/17 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 30) (F412) - lamp ground
Voltage supply, terminal 58 dimmed
X1/12 X1/16 On 0V .........
when terminal 58 "OFF"
Voltage supply, terminal 58 dimmed
when terminal 58 "ON"
Set instrumentation brightness to
X1/12 X1/16 On approx. 12V .........
highest value (bar indicator, left LCD)
Measure at medium ambient
brightness
16 - 32V
(UBat) when
Voltage supply, terminal 58, parking parking
lights, fuse, instrument, switch and X1/9 X1/16 On lights "ON"; .........
pushbutton unit illumination (F125) actuate
light switch
(S111)

214 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

LED outputs

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Button, lighting learning routine X5/2 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
(S329)
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading X5/3 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
axle, raise/relieve (S266)
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output switch is
X5/4 X1/16 On .........
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) actuated;
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Button, ECAS, starting-traction X5/5 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
control (S267)
switch LED
comes on

Switch inputs (high active)

The following applies to all high-active switches: Voltage at pin X5/n and pin X6/15 - X6/18 = 0V if the switch
is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/1 X1/16 On .........
Snowplough and gritter lights switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/7 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/8 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/9 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated

T 62 5th edition 215


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/10 X1/16 On .........
Button, ACC, distance switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/11 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Button, headlight cleaning system X5/12 X1/16 On .........
switch is
(S193)
actuated
Switch input 16 - 32V
Button, ECAS, starting-traction (UBat) after
X5/13 X1/16 On .........
control (S267) (trailing axle/leading switch is
axle) actuated
Switch input
16 - 32V
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading
(UBat) after
axle, raise/relieve (S266) X5/14 X1/16 On .........
switch is
Switch, RAISE/ECAS, level I/II
actuated
(S162)
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/15 X1/16 On .........
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
Switch/button combination, fog X5/16 X1/16 On switch is .........
lamps/rear fog lamp (S483) actuated;
2nd stage
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
Switch/button combination, fog X5/17 X1/16 On switch is .........
lamps/rear fog lamp (S483) actuated;
1st stage
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Button, lighting learning routine X5/18 X1/16 On .........
switch is
(S329)
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/15 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/16 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated

216 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/17 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/18 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated

Switch inputs (low active)

The following applies to all low-active switches: Voltage at pin X6/n = UBat if the switch is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Switch input
Belt check
Switch in seat belt buckle, driver X6/1 X1/16 On .........
lamp (H177)
(S252)
is activated
0V
Switch input Tipper check
X6/2 X1/16 On .........
Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) lamp (H148)
is activated
0V
Airbag
Switch input
X6/3 X1/16 On check lamp .........
Control unit, airbag (A486)
(H303) is
activated
0V
EMERGENCY
Switch input
OFF fault
Control unit, battery isolator switch, X6/4 X1/16 On .........
check lamp
battery EMERGENCY OFF (A317)
(H304) is
activated
0V
Hydraulic
Switch input
X6/6 X1/16 On system .........
Hydraulic system
check lamp
is activated
0V
Switch input Taillift check
X6/7 X1/16 On .........
Relay, taillift (K467) lamp (H254)
is activated
Switch input 0V
Function according to X6/14 X1/16 On Check lamp .........
parameterisation is activated

T 62 5th edition 217


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

K-line diagnosis

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
K-line diagnosis (UBat)
Diagnosis socket (X200) X1/1 X1/16 On MAN-cats® II .........
Condition: No data trafc on K-line not
connected
0 - 32V
K-line diagnosis
(UBat - 2V)
Diagnosis socket (X200) X1/1 X1/16 On .........
MAN-cats® II
With data trafc on K-line
connected

Input, central warning light, RED

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Central
warning light
Input, central warning light, RED not activated
.........
Central on-board computer (A302) - X1/2 X1/3 On 16 - 32V
.........
ground, central warning light (UBat - 2V)
Central
warning light
activated

Buzzer signal, central on-board computer

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Buzzer signal
Central on-board computer (A302)
When the hazard warning lights are
switched on after terminal 15 "OFF" Cannot
(and after delayed switch-off of the 16 - 32V be
central on-board computer), the X1/6 X1/16 Off (UBat) short measured
instrumentation is "woken up" with a signal with
short pulse (< 250msec) so that the multimeter
instrumentation's hazard warning
light LED and hazard warning light
sound are activated.

218 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

CAN databus

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Resistance between M-TCO-CAN
High and M-TCO-CAN Low
approx. 60Ω
Instrumentation connector .........
X1/7 X1/13 Off approx.
connected .........
120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN high
X1/7 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground
signal *
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN low
X1/13 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground
signal *
Resistance between I-CAN High and
I-CAN Low
approx. 60Ω
Instrumentation connector .........
X1/8 X1/14 Off approx.
connected .........
120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between I-CAN High and
X1/8 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between I-CAN Low and
X1/14 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

Multifunctional steering wheel (A943) voltage supply terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply, terminal 15
16 - 32V
Multifunctional steering wheel X/1 X/2 On .........
(UBat)
(A943)

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

Multi-function display (A447), supply voltage, terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle 16 - 32V
18 9 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
transverse, rear axle (H164)

T 62 5th edition 219


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Voltage supply, terminal 58 (one-stage dimming)

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle 16 - 32V
12 9 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
transverse, rear axle (H164)

Deleting the fault memory using MAN-cats® II

The fault memory must be read out, and the faults must be archived. After remedying all the faults, the fault
memory must be deleted using MAN-cats® II.

There must not be any faults in the memory when the ignition is switched back on. Otherwise, search for the
fault and remedy the problem.

220 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Highline instrumentation (TGL, TGM)

SN: ............................................................... Tester: ..........................................................


Customer: .......................................................... First registration: .............................................
Vehicle type: ................................................ Chassis no.: ............................................
Engine model: ...................................................... Engine number: .............................................
CR high-pressure pump: ................................... Control unit no.: ...........................................
Mileage (km): ................................................. Date: .........................................................

MAN-cats® II must be used to produce a summary of the Highline instrumentation fault memory to
accompany the completed test step list.
– Use the vehicle-specic overviews for troubleshooting.
– When a voltage is being measured, the ignition is switched on.
– When a resistance is being measured, the ignition is switched off and the instrument connector on which the
resistance values are being measured is disconnected. In the case of the CAN databus, the instrumentation
connector is also connected when measuring the resistance. This means that the internal terminating
resistor resistance of the CAN databus is also measured.
– Voltages and resistances between the pins are measured using a multimeter (e.g. FLUKE 87).
– Never measure at the plug contacts themselves without using suitable test probes! Danger of
bending open the contacts!

Voltage supply

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply, terminal 15
16 - 32V
Tachograph, instrumentation X1/18 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 15) - lamp ground
Voltage supply, terminal 30
16 - 32V
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation X1/17 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 30) (F412) - lamp ground
Voltage supply, terminal 58, dimmed
X1/12 X1/16 On 0V .........
when terminal 58 "OFF"
Voltage supply, terminal 58 dimmed
when terminal 58 "ON"
Set instrumentation brightness to
highest value (bar indicator, left X1/12 X1/16 On approx. 12V .........
LCD)
Measure at medium ambient
brightness
16 - 32V
(UBat) when
Voltage supply, terminal 58, parking parking
lights, fuse, instrument, switch and X1/9 X1/16 On lights "ON"; .........
pushbutton unit illumination (F125) actuate
light switch
(S111)

T 62 5th edition 221


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

LED outputs

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Button, lighting learning routine X5/2 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
(S329)
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading X5/3 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
axle, raise/relieve (S266)
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output switch is
X5/4 X1/16 On .........
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) actuated;
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Button, ECAS, starting-traction X5/5 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
control (S267)
switch LED
comes on

Switch inputs (high active)

The following applies to all high-active switches: Voltage at pin X5/n and pin X6/15 - X6/18 = 0V if the switch
is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/1 X1/16 On .........
Snowplough and gritter lights switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/7 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/8 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/9 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated

222 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/10 X1/16 On .........
Button, ACC, distance switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/11 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Button, headlight cleaning system X5/12 X1/16 On .........
switch is
(S193)
actuated
Switch input 16 - 32V
Button, ECAS, starting-traction (UBat) after
X5/13 X1/16 On .........
control (S267) switch is
(trailing axle/leading axle) actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading X5/14 X1/16 On .........
switch is
axle, raise/relieve (S266)
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/15 X1/16 On .........
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S472) switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
Switch/button combination, fog X5/16 X1/16 On switch is .........
lamps/rear fog lamp (S483) actuated;
2nd stage
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
Switch/button combination, fog X5/17 X1/16 On switch is .........
lamps/rear fog lamp (S483) actuated;
1st stage
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Button, lighting learning routine X5/18 X1/16 On .........
switch is
(S329)
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/15 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/16 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated

T 62 5th edition 223


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/17 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/18 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated

Switch inputs (low active)

The following applies to all low-active switches: Voltage at pin X6/n = UBat if the switch is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Switch input
Belt check
Switch in seat belt buckle, driver X6/1 X1/16 On .........
lamp (H177)
(S252)
is activated
0V
Switch input Tipper check
X6/2 X1/16 On .........
Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) lamp (H148)
is activated
0V
Airbag
Switch input
X6/3 X1/16 On check lamp .........
Control unit, airbag (A486)
(H303) is
activated
0V
EMERGENCY
Switch input
OFF fault
Control unit, battery isolator switch, X6/4 X1/16 On .........
check lamp
battery EMERGENCY OFF (A317)
(H304) is
activated
0V
Hydraulic
Switch input
X6/6 X1/16 On system .........
Hydraulic system
check lamp
is activated
0V
Switch input Taillift check
X6/7 X1/16 On .........
Relay, taillift (K467) lamp (H254)
is activated
Switch input 0V
Function according to X6/14 X1/16 On Check lamp .........
parameterisation is activated

224 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

K-line diagnosis

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
K-line diagnosis (UBat)
Diagnosis socket (X200) X1/1 X1/16 On MAN-cats® II .........
Condition: No data trafc on K-line not
connected
0 - 32V
K-line diagnosis
(UBat - 2V)
Diagnosis socket (X200) X1/1 X1/16 On .........
MAN-cats® II
With data trafc on K-line
connected

Input, central warning light, RED

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Central
warning light
Input, central warning light, RED not activated
.........
Central on-board computer (A302) - X1/2 X1/3 On 16 - 32V
.........
ground, central warning light (UBat - 2V)
Central
warning light
activated

Buzzer signal, central on-board computer

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Buzzer signal
Central on-board computer (A302)
When the hazard warning lights are
switched on after terminal 15 "OFF" Cannot
(and after delayed switch-off of the 16 - 32V be
central on-board computer), the X1/6 X1/16 Off (UBat) short measured
instrumentation is "woken up" with a signal with
short pulse (< 250msec) so that the multimeter
instrumentation's hazard warning
light LED and hazard warning light
sound are activated.

T 62 5th edition 225


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

CAN databus

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Resistance between M-TCO-CAN
High and M-TCO-CAN Low
approx. 60Ω
Instrumentation connector .........
X1/7 X1/13 Off approx.
connected .........
120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN high
X1/7 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground
signal *
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN low
X1/13 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground
signal *
Resistance between I-CAN High and
I-CAN Low
approx. 60Ω
Instrumentation connector .........
X1/8 X1/14 Off approx.
connected .........
120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between I-CAN High and
X1/8 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between I-CAN Low and
X1/14 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between H-CAN High and
X1/11 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between H-CAN Low and
X1/10 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

In the case of the Highline instrumentation it is not possible to measure the resistance between CAN
databus H-CAN High (instrumentation A407 pin X1/11) and H-CAN Low (instrumentation A407 pin X1/10).

MMI control unit A574

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
approx. 0 -
Voltage supply terminal 30
X/1 X/2 On 32V .........
Control unit, MMI (A574)
(UBat)
approx. 0 -
Voltage supply terminal 15
X/3 X/2 On 32V .........
Control unit, MMI (A574)
(UBat)
Voltage between H-CAN High and 2.4 - 2.9V
ground X/6 X/2 On Rectangular .........
Control unit, MMI (A574) signal *

226 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage between H-CAN Low and 2.2 - 2.7V
ground X/4 X/2 On Rectangular .........
Control unit, MMI (A574) signal *
Voltage supply terminal 58 dimmed
Control unit, MMI (A574) when X/8 X/2 On 0V .........
terminal 58 "OFF"
Voltage supply terminal 58 dimmed
Control unit, MMI (A574) when
terminal 58 "ON"
Set instrumentation brightness to
X/8 X/2 On approx. 12V .........
highest value (bar indicator, left
LCD)
Measure at medium ambient
brightness

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

Multifunctional steering wheel (A943) voltage supply terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply, terminal 15
16 - 32V
Multifunctional steering wheel X/1 X/2 On .........
(UBat)
(A943)

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

Multi-function display (A447), supply voltage, terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle 16 - 32V
18 9 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
transverse, rear axle (H164)

Voltage supply, terminal 58 (one-stage dimming)

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle 16 - 32V
12 9 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
transverse, rear axle (H164)

Deleting the fault memory using MAN-cats® II

The fault memory must be read out, and the faults must be archived. After remedying all the faults, the fault
memory must be deleted using MAN-cats® II.

There must not be any faults in the memory when the ignition is switched back on. Otherwise, search for the
fault and remedy the problem.

T 62 5th edition 227


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Baseline / Highline instrumentation (TGS / TGX)

SN: ............................................................... Tester: ..........................................................


Customer: .......................................................... First registration: .............................................
Vehicle type: ................................................ Chassis no.: ............................................
Engine model: ...................................................... Engine number: .............................................
CR high-pressure pump: ................................... Control unit no.: ...........................................
Mileage (km): ................................................. Date: .........................................................

MAN-cats® II must be used to produce a summary of the Highline instrumentation fault memory to
accompany the completed test step list.
– Use the vehicle-specic overviews for troubleshooting.
– When a voltage is being measured, the ignition is switched on.
– When a resistance is being measured, the ignition is switched off and the instrument connector on which the
resistance values are being measured is disconnected. In the case of the CAN databus, the instrumentation
connector is also connected when measuring the resistance. This means that the internal terminating
resistor resistance of the CAN databus is also measured.
– Voltages and resistances between the pins are measured using a multimeter (e.g. FLUKE 87).
– Never measure at the plug contacts themselves without using suitable test probes! Danger of
bending open the contacts!

Voltage supply

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply, terminal 15
16 - 32V
Tachograph, instrumentation X1/18 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 15) - lamp ground
Voltage supply, terminal 30
16 - 32V
Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation X1/17 X1/16 On .........
(UBat)
(terminal 30) (F412) - lamp ground
Voltage supply, terminal 58, dimmed
X1/12 X1/16 On 0V .........
when terminal 58 "OFF"
Voltage supply, terminal 58 dimmed
when terminal 58 "ON"
Set instrumentation brightness to
highest value (bar indicator, left X1/12 X1/16 On approx. 12V .........
LCD)
Measure at medium ambient
brightness
16 - 32V
(UBat) when
Voltage supply, terminal 58, parking parking
lights, fuse, instrument, switch and X1/9 X1/16 On lights "ON"; .........
pushbutton unit illumination (F125) actuate
light switch
(S111)

228 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

LED outputs

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Button, lighting learning routine X5/2 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
(S329)
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading X5/3 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
axle, raise/relieve (S954)
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output switch is
X5/4 X1/16 On .........
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S956) actuated;
switch LED
comes on
16 - 32V
(UBat) after
LED output
switch is
Button, ECAS, starting-traction X5/5 X1/16 On .........
actuated;
control (S267)
switch LED
comes on

Switch inputs (high active)

The following applies to all high-active switches: Voltage at pin X5/n and pin X6/15 - X6/18 = 0V if the switch
is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/1 X1/16 On .........
Snowplough and gritter lights switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/7 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/8 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Function according to X5/9 X1/16 On .........
switch is
parameterisation
actuated

T 62 5th edition 229


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/10 X1/16 On .........
Button, ACC, distance switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Button, starting-traction control, X5/11 X1/16 On .........
switch is
Nordland
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Button, headlight cleaning system X5/12 X1/16 On .........
switch is
(S193)
actuated
Switch input 16 - 32V
Button, ECAS, starting-traction (UBat) after
X5/13 X1/16 On .........
control (S267) switch is
(trailing axle/leading axle) actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading X5/14 X1/16 On .........
switch is
axle, raise/relieve (S954)
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
X5/15 X1/16 On .........
Switch, ECAS, level I/II (S956) switch is
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
Switch / button combination, fog X5/16 X1/16 On switch is .........
lamps/rear fog lamp (S1112) actuated;
2nd stage
16 - 32V
Switch input (UBat) after
Switch / button combination, fog X5/17 X1/16 On switch is .........
lamps/rear fog lamp (S1112) actuated;
1st stage
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) after
Button, lighting learning routine X5/18 X1/16 On .........
switch is
(S329)
actuated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/15 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/16 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated

230 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/17 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated
16 - 32V
Switch input
(UBat) check
Function according to X6/18 X1/16 On .........
lamp is
parameterisation
activated

Switch inputs (low active)

The following applies to all low-active switches: Voltage at pin X6/n = UBat if the switch is not actuated.

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Switch input
Belt check
Switch in seat belt buckle, driver X6/1 X1/16 On .........
lamp (H177)
(S252)
is activated
0V
Switch input Tipper check
X6/2 X1/16 On .........
Switch, indicator, tipper (S192) lamp (H148)
is activated
Switch input 0V
Function according to X6/3 X1/16 On Check lamp .........
parameterisation is activated
0V
EMERGENCY
Switch input
OFF fault
Control unit, battery isolator switch, X6/4 X1/16 On .........
check lamp
battery EMERGENCY OFF (A317)
(H304) is
activated
0V
Hydraulic
Switch input
X6/6 X1/16 On system .........
Hydraulic system
check lamp
is activated
0V
Switch input Taillift check
X6/7 X1/16 On .........
Relay, taillift (K467) lamp (H254)
is activated
0V
Rear axle
Switch input
transverse
Switch, indicator, transverse
X6/10 X1/16 On differential .........
differential lock, rear axle (S185
lock check
and S186)
lamp is
activated

T 62 5th edition 231


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Rear axle
Switch input interaxle
Switch, indicator, interaxle X6/11 X1/16 On differential .........
differential lock, rear axle (S212) lock check
lamp is
activated
Switch input 0V
Function according to X6/14 X1/16 On Check lamp .........
parameterisation is activated

K-line diagnosis

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
16 - 32V
K-line diagnosis (UBat)
Diagnosis socket (X200) X1/1 X1/16 On MAN-cats® II .........
Condition: No data trafc on K-line not
connected
0 - 32V
K-line diagnosis
(UBat - 2V)
Diagnosis socket (X200) X1/1 X1/16 On .........
MAN-cats® II
With data trafc on K-line
connected

Input, central warning light, RED

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
0V
Central
warning light
Input, central warning light, RED not activated
.........
Central on-board computer (A302) - X1/2 X1/3 On 16 - 32V
.........
ground, central warning light (UBat - 2V)
Central
warning light
activated

232 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Buzzer signal, central on-board computer

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Buzzer signal
Central on-board computer (A302)
When the hazard warning lights are
switched on after terminal 15 "OFF" Cannot
(and after delayed switch-off of the 16 - 32V be
central on-board computer), the X1/6 X1/16 Off (UBat) short measured
instrumentation is "woken up" with a signal with
short pulse (< 250msec) so that the multimeter
instrumentation's hazard warning
light LED and hazard warning light
sound are activated.

CAN databus

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Resistance between M-TCO-CAN
High and M-TCO-CAN Low
approx. 60Ω
Instrumentation connector .........
X1/7 X1/13 Off approx.
connected .........
120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN high
X1/7 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground
signal *
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between M-TCO -CAN low
X1/13 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
and ground
signal *
Resistance between I-CAN High and
I-CAN Low
approx. 60Ω
Instrumentation connector .........
X1/8 X1/14 Off approx.
connected .........
120Ω
Instrumentation connector
disconnected
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between I-CAN High and
X1/8 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between I-CAN Low and
X1/14 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
2.4 - 2.9V
Voltage between H-CAN High and
X1/11 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *
2.2 - 2.7V
Voltage between H-CAN Low and
X1/10 X1/16 On Rectangular .........
ground
signal *

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

It is not possible to measure the resistance between CAN databus H-CAN high (instrumentation A407 pin
X1/11) and H-CAN low (instrumentation A407 pin X1/10).

T 62 5th edition 233


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Multifunctional steering wheel (A943) voltage supply terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Voltage supply, terminal 15
16 - 32V
Multifunctional steering wheel X/1 X/2 On .........
(UBat)
(A943)

Multi-function display (A447), supply voltage, terminal 15

Conn. Conn. Desired Measured


Starter
Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle 16 - 32V
18 9 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
transverse, rear axle (H164)

Voltage supply, terminal 58 (one-stage dimming)

Conn. Conn. Starter Desired Measured


Test Tester
switch value value
Pin Pin
Differential lock, transverse, rear
axle 16 - 32V
12 9 On .........
Check lamp, differential lock, (UBat)
transverse, rear axle (H164)

Deleting the fault memory using MAN-cats® II

The fault memory must be read out, and the faults must be archived. After remedying all the faults, the fault
memory must be deleted using MAN-cats® II.

There must not be any faults in the memory when the ignition is switched back on. Otherwise, search for the
fault and remedy the problem.

* Check with an oscilloscope or multimeter (Scopemeter) 123 (FLUKE)

In the case of the Highline instrumentation it is not possible to measure the resistance between CAN
databus H-CAN High (instrumentation A407 pin X1/11) and H-CAN Low (instrumentation A407 pin X1/10).

Diagnosis with MAN-cats® II not possible


If no communication can be established between MAN-cats® II and the vehicle, the causes may be as follows:

– The K-line is blocked by a control unit or its connection.


– The K-line is defective.
– There is a fault on the MAN-cats® II diagnosis system or on the Communication Interface.

Remedy
1. Measure voltage (Interface is not connected):

Check the voltage value at diagnosis socket X200 pin 3 (line 16202).

Do not connect the Interface, the ignition is switched on. The voltage must be at least 17 volts.

Voltage values:
– The voltage is at least 17V - continue as per point 2.
– The voltage is below 17V - continue as per point 3.

2. Measure voltage (Interface is connected):

234 T 62 5th edition


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Check the voltage value at diagnosis socket X200 pin 3 (line 16202).

Connect the Interface, the ignition is switched on. The voltage must increase to approx. 24 volts.

Voltage values:
– Voltage does not increase to approx. 24 volts. Interface defective.
– Voltage increases to approx. 24 volts. Connect another MAN-cats® II computer.

3. Disconnect control units:

Switch off the ignition and disconnect all control units except the vehicle management computer (A403). Then
switch on the ignition and connect MAN-cats® II.

Vehicle management computer can be diagnosed:


– Connect all the control units one after the other and diagnose until the non-diagnosable control unit is found.
The fault is at this control unit or at its connection.

Vehicle management computer cannot be diagnosed:


– Disconnect the vehicle management computer and connect any other control unit.

The other control unit (any) can be diagnosed:


– The fault is at the vehicle management computer or at its connection.

The other control unit (any) cannot be diagnosed:


– Troubleshoot the K-line (16202) as per standard wiring diagram.

Troubleshooting program
The following troubleshooting program contains all the faults that can be detected by the fault memory.

The test sequence corresponds to the numerical sequence of the fault codes (SPNs), irrespective of the
fault "valency".

During initial vehicle testing, the entire fault memory must always be read out and all the stored faults
documented. This is important because cables and/or components have to be disconnected during
troubleshooting and this means the corresponding fault messages may be set and saved.

Consequently, the fault memory should always be deleted after intermediate inspections. If parts are
exchanged, send a printout from MAN-cats® II verifying the fault together with the returned part in order to
claim back the costs (the printout is an extract from the fault memory, see above).

Other procedures are only permitted subject to consultation with the Service Department in Munich!

Equally, control units are only allowed to be exchanged under warranty subject to consultation with the
Service Department in Munich.

Repeat the test and delete the fault memory after correcting the fault and checking the repair. The fault
memory should always be deleted using MAN-cats® II.

Always delete the fault memory and observe the fault before replacing any component or control
unit. If several faults are entered, always start with the test instructions which do not require
components or control units to be replaced. It is essential to switch off the ignition before carrying
out the repair and exchanging components or control units. If the ignition is not switched off, faults
(SPNs) will be entered in the various electronic control units.

Always carry out the "Check cables" step as follows:

– Discontinuity or contact resistance (e.g. due to widened receptacles, pushed back connectors/receptacles
or oxidised plug connections)
– Short-circuit to negative
– Short-circuit to positive
– Short-circuit to adjacent lines
– Loose connections
– Water or moisture in the cable line

T 62 5th edition 235


DEVICE DESCRIPTION

Cable harnesses may be damaged or defective even if the corrugated hose appears undamaged on the
outside!

Break the connection to the control unit before measuring resistance values.

Refer to the diagrams for the vehicle!

Resistance measurement
– Ignition "OFF"
– The contact box is connected between the instrumentation and the vehicle.
– The connector at which the measurement is taken must be disconnected from the instrumentation.

Voltage measurement
– Ignition "ON"
– The contact box is connected between the instrumentation and the vehicle.
– The measurement is taken directly on the instrumentation.
The operating voltage is between 20 V and 28 V, depending on the status of the battery.

236 T 62 5th edition


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS


OVERVIEWS

T 62 5th edition 237


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGA), SHEET 1

Legend
Status: 09.07 R1 Installation position, front frame section
——– ————————————————————————
A100 Central electrical system
A407 Instrumentation
A715 Fuel lter heater - PTC
F125 Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination
F156 Fuse, fuel lter heater
F355 Main fuse 30-2
F398 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 15)
F412 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 30)
K467 Relay, taillift
S192 Switch, tipper indicator
S483 Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog lamp
X200 Diagnosis socket (MAN-cats)
X744 Plug connection, cab-taillift
X1551 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox II
X1559 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox I
X1642 Earthing point, cab, behind instrument panel
X1644 Earthing point, cab, next to central electrical system
X1825 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X1835 Crimped connector, line 58000
X1838 Crimped connector, line 58300
X1983 Threaded pin M6 (motor power box)
X2541 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 31000
X2544 Potential distributor 21-pin K-line
X3186 Plug connection, taillift
X3391 Jumper line 30076 (motor power box)
——– ————————————————————————
B1 Installation position, engine
E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
E7 Installation position, control units, plug-in modules
F Installation position, instrument panel
F1 Installation position, centre section
F4 Installation position, front wall, inside left
F5 Installation position, front wall, inside right

T 62 5th edition 238


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGA), SHEET 1

T 62 5th edition 239


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGA), SHEET 2

Legend
Status: 09.07
——– ————————————————————————
A100 Central electrical system
A143 Control unit, ECAS
A302 Central computer 2
A317 Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF
A407 Instrumentation
A408 Tachograph
A486 Control unit, airbag
F366 Fuse, ECAM/ECAS (terminal 15)
S193 Button, headlight cleaning system
S252 Switch in seat belt catch, driver
S266 Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve
S267 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control
S329 Button, lighting learning routine
S472 Switch, ECAS, level I/II
S747 Switch, ECAS, starting-off aid, Nordland
S790 Button, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve, Nordland
X1757 Solder connector, line 16006
X1809 Plug connection, ECAS (terminal 15)
X1826 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X1836 Crimped connector, line 58000
X2541 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 31000
X2542 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 58000
——– ————————————————————————
E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
F Installation position, instrument panel
F1 Installation position, centre section
F6 Installation position, driver's seat
F8 Installation position, shift console
G Installation position, battery box
L Installation position, ceiling / roof

T 62 5th edition 240


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGA), SHEET 2

T 62 5th edition 241


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGA), SHEET 1

Legend
Status: 09.07 F4 Installation position, front wall, inside left
——– ———————————————————————— F5 Installation position, front wall, inside right
A100 Central electrical system R1 Installation position, front frame section
A148 Radio/cassette player
A302 Central computer 2
A407 Instrumentation
A574 Control unit, MMI (man-machine interface)
A635 Truck-Gate
A715 Fuel lter heater - PTC
F125 Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination
F398 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 15)
F412 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 30)
K467 Relay, taillift
S192 Switch, tipper indicator
S483 Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog lamp
X200 Diagnosis socket (MAN-cats)
X744 Plug connection, cab-taillift
X1535 Plug connection, cab-tachograph
X1551 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox II
X1559 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox I
X1642 Earthing point, cab, behind instrument panel
X1644 Earthing point, cab, next to central electrical system
X1825 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X1835 Crimped connector, line 58000
X1983 Threaded pin M6 (motor power box)
X2541 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 31000
X2544 Potential distributor 21-pin K-line
X3186 Plug connection, taillift
X3391 Jumper, line 30076 (motor power box)
——– ————————————————————————
B1 Installation position, engine
E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
E7 Installation position, control units, plug-in modules
F Installation position, instrument panel
F1 Installation position, centre section

T 62 5th edition 242


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGA), SHEET 1

T 62 5th edition 243


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGA), SHEET 2

Legend
Status: 09.07
——– ————————————————————————
A100 Central electrical system
A143 Control unit, ECAS
A302 Central computer 2
A317 Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF
A407 Instrumentation
A408 Tachograph
A486 Control unit, airbag
F366 Fuse, ECAM/ECAS (terminal 15)
S193 Button, headlight cleaning system
S252 Switch in seat belt catch, driver
S266 Switch, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve
S267 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control
S329 Button, lighting learning routine
S472 Switch, ECAS, level I/II
S747 Switch, ECAS, starting-off aid, Nordland
S790 Button, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve, Nordland
X1757 Solder connector, line 16006
X1809 Plug connection, ECAS (terminal 15)
X1826 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X1836 Crimped connector, line 58000
X2541 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 31000
X2542 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 58000
——– ————————————————————————
E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
F Installation position, instrument panel
F1 Installation position, centre section
F6 Installation position, driver's seat
F8 Installation position, shift console
G Installation position, battery box
L Installation position, ceiling / roof

T 62 5th edition 244


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGA), SHEET 2

T 62 5th edition 245


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE INSTRUMENTATION (BUSES - R07, R08)

Legend
Status: 02 X3097 Plug connection, voltage supply, ECAS
——– ————————————————————————
A100 Central electrical system
A143 Control unit, ECAS
A302 Central computer 2
A360 Multiplex central computer (ZBRO)
A407 Instrumentation
A408 Tachograph
A411 Multiplex node, front left 1.1
A413 Multiplex node, front, control units 1.3
A421 Multiplex node, front right 2.1
A690 Control unit, steering
F125 Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination
F398 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 15)
F412 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 30)
RES3 Spare line rolled up in instrument panel
S111 Light switch
S162 Switch, RAISE / ECAS, level 1/2
S163 Switch, LOWER / ECAS loading/unloading
S193 Button, headlight cleaning system
S267 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control
S329 Button, lighting learning routine
S483 Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog lamp
V846 Diode group, buzzer, instrument panel
X200 Diagnosis socket (MAN-cats)
X362 Distributor, line 16000
X363 Distributor, line 31000
X364 Distributor, line 58000
X617 Distributor, line 31000
X1826 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X1836 Crimped connector, line 58000
X1838 Crimped connector, line 58300
X1908 Crimped connector, K-KWP2
X3013 Plug connection, instrument panel 1
X3015 Plug connection, instrument panel 3

T 62 5th edition 246


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE INSTRUMENTATION (BUSES - R07, R08)

T 62 5th edition 247


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (BUSES - R02 / R03)

Legend
Status: 09.07 X3015 Plug connection, instrument panel 3
——– ———————————————————————— X3097 Plug connection, voltage supply, ECAS
A100 Central electrical system ——– ————————————————————————
A143 Control unit, ECAS D Installation position, main switchboard
A302 Central computer 2 E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
A360 Multiplex central computer (ZBRO) E7 Installation position, control units, plug-in modules
A407 Instrumentation E8 Installation position, equipment compartment (water reservoir)
A408 Tachograph F Installation position, instrument panel
A411 Multiplex node, front left 1.1
A413 Multiplex node, front, control units 1.3
A421 Multiplex node, front right 2.1
A574 Control unit, MMI (man-machine interface)
A690 Control unit, steering
F125 Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination
F398 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 15)
F412 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 30)
RES3 Spare line rolled up in instrument panel
S111 Light switch
S162 Switch, RAISE / ECAS, level 1/2
S163 Switch, LOWER / ECAS loading/unloading
S193 Button, headlight cleaning system
S267 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control
S329 Button, lighting learning routine
S483 Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog lamp
V846 Diode group, buzzer, instrument panel
X200 Diagnosis socket (MAN-cats)
X362 Distributor, line 16000
X363 Distributor, line 31000
X364 Distributor, line 58000
X617 Distributor, line 31000
X1826 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X1836 Crimped connector, line 58000
X1838 Crimped connector, line 58300
X1908 Crimped connector, K-KWP2
X3013 Plug connection, instrument panel 1

T 62 5th edition 248


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (BUSES - R02 / R03)

T 62 5th edition 249


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGL / TGM)

Legend
Status: 09.07 ——– ————————————————————————
——– ———————————————————————— B1 Installation position, engine
A100 Central electrical system E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
A302 Central computer 2 E7 Installation position, control units, plug-in modules
A317 Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF F Installation position, instrument panel
A358 Control unit, taillift F1 Installation position, centre section
A407 Instrumentation F4 Installation position, front wall, inside left
A408 Tachograph F6 Installation position, driver's seat
A486 Control unit, airbag F8 Installation position, shift console
A715 Fuel lter heater - PTC G Installation position, battery box
F125 Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination L Installation position, ceiling / roof
F156 Fuse, fuel lter heater R1 Installation position, front frame section
F355 Main fuse 30-2 R2 Installation position, rear frame section
F412 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 30)
K467 Relay, taillift
S192 Switch, tipper indicator
S193 Button, headlight cleaning system
S252 Switch in seat belt catch, driver
S329 Button, lighting learning routine
S483 Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog lamp
X200 Diagnosis socket (MAN-cats)
X1549 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox I
X1551 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox II
X1642 Earthing point, cab, behind instrument panel
X1757 Solder connector, line 16006
X1825 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1826 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X1835 Crimped connector, line 58000
X1836 Crimped connector, line 58000
X1838 Crimped connector, line 58300
X1983 Threaded pin M6 (motor power box)
X2541 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 31000
X2542 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 58000
X2544 Potential distributor 21-pin K-line
X3391 Jumper, line 30076 (motor power box)

T 62 5th edition 250


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGL / TGM)

T 62 5th edition 251


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGL / TGM)

Legend
Status: 09.07 X2542 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 58000
——– ———————————————————————— X2544 Potential distributor 21-pin K-line
A100 Central electrical system X3119 Plug connection, distributor, line 30009
A148 Radio/cassette player X3391 Jumper, line 30076 (motor power box)
A302 Central computer 2 ——– ————————————————————————
A317 Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF B1 Installation position, engine
A358 Control unit, taillift E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
A407 Instrumentation E7 Installation position, control units, plug-in modules
A408 Tachograph F Installation position, instrument panel
A486 Control unit, airbag F1 Installation position, centre section
A574 Control unit, MMI (man-machine interface) F4 Installation position, front wall, inside left
A635 Truck-Gate F6 Installation position, driver's seat
A715 Fuel lter heater - PTC F8 Installation position, shift console
F125 Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination G Installation position, battery box
F156 Fuse, fuel lter heater L Installation position, ceiling / roof
F355 Main fuse 30-2 R1 Installation position, front frame section
F412 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 30) R2 Installation position, rear frame section
K467 Relay, taillift
S192 Switch, tipper indicator
S193 Button, headlight cleaning system
S252 Switch in seat belt catch, driver
S329 Button, lighting learning routine
S483 Switch/button combination, fog lamps/rear fog lamp
X200 Diagnosis socket (MAN-cats)
X1549 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox I
X1551 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox II
X1642 Earthing point, cab, behind instrument panel
X1643 Solder connector, line 58300
X1757 Solder connector, line 16006
X1825 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1826 Crimped connector, line 31000
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X1835 Crimped connector, line 58000
X1836 Crimped connector, line 58000
X1983 Threaded pin M6 (motor power box)
X2541 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 31000

T 62 5th edition 252


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGL / TGM)

T 62 5th edition 253


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE / HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGS / TGX), SHEET 1

Legend
Status: 09.07 X4644 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 60028
——– ———————————————————————— X4646 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 58300
A100 Central electrical system X4732 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 16000, switch lighting
A143 Control unit, ECAS ——– ————————————————————————
A302 Central computer 2 B1 Installation position, engine
A358 Control unit, taillift E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
A403 Vehicle management computer E7 Installation position, control units, plug-in modules
A407 Instrumentation F Installation position, instrument panel
A564 Radio with CD F1 Installation position, centre section
A715 Fuel lter heater - PTC F2 Installation position, steering column / steering wheel
A943 Multifunctional steering wheel R1 Installation position, front frame section
B470 Pressure switch, trailing axle R2 Installation position, rear frame section
F125 Fuse, instrument, switch and pushbutton unit illumination
F156 Fuse, fuel lter heater
F164 Fuse, ECAS (terminal 30)
F355 Main fuse 30-2
F375 Fuse, cab, outside (terminal 15)
F412 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 30)
F583 Vehicle management computer, switches / sensors (terminal 15)
F600 Fuse, radio (terminal 30)
K467 Relay, taillift
Q101 Steering lock
S192 Switch, tipper indicator
S267 Button, ECAS, starting-traction control
S954 Button, ECAS, trailing axle/leading axle, raise/relieve
S1112 Rotary light switch with rear fog lamp
X1551 Plug connection, engine/EDC/gearbox II
X1642 Earthing point, cab, behind instrument panel
X1644 Earthing point, cab, next to central electrical system
X1830 Crimped connector, line 31002
X1983 Threaded pin M6 (motor power box)
X2541 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 31000
X2542 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 58000
X3336 Plug connection, isolating point, cab
X3391 Jumper, line 30076 (motor power box)
X4397 Plug connection, multifunctional steering wheel

T 62 5th edition 254


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE / HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGS / TGX), SHEET 1

T 62 5th edition 255


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE / HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGS / TGX), SHEET 2

Legend
Status: 09.07 H2 Installation position, A-pillar, driver's side
——– ———————————————————————— L Installation position, ceiling / roof
A100 Central electrical system P Installation position, rear axle
A302 Central computer 2 R1 Installation position, front frame section
A317 Control unit, battery isolator switch, battery EMERGENCY OFF R2 Installation position, rear frame section
A407 Instrumentation
A408 Tachograph
B359 Oil level probe, hydraulic system
F398 Fuse, tachograph, instrumentation (terminal 15)
S185 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, rear axle
S186 Switch, indicator, differential lock, transverse, 2nd rear axle
S193 Button, headlight cleaning system
S252 Switch in seat belt catch, driver
S254 Switch, indicator, differential lock, interaxle, rear axle
S329 Button, lighting learning routine
S401 Switch, winter service lighting
S956 Button, ECAS level I/II
V901 Diode, winter service lighting (terminal 15)
X200 Diagnosis socket (MAN-cats)
X637 Plug connection, differential lock, rear axle
X770 Plug connection, ECAS ride height II
X1535 Plug connection, cab-tachograph
X1642 Earthing point, cab, behind instrument panel
X1644 Earthing point, cab, next to central electrical system
X1833 Crimped connector, line 16000
X2541 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 31000
X2544 Potential distributor 21-pin K-line
X4645 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 16000
X4732 Potential distributor, 21-pin, line 16000, switch lighting
——– ————————————————————————
E6 Installation position, central electrical system area
E7 Installation position, control units, plug-in modules
F Installation position, instrument panel
F1 Installation position, centre section
F6 Installation position, driver's seat
G Installation position, battery box

T 62 5th edition 256


ADDITIONAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

OVERVIEW, BASELINE / HIGHLINE INSTRUMENTATION (TGS / TGX), SHEET 2

T 62 5th edition 257

You might also like